Piper Sandler Companies
Annual Report 2020

Plain-text annual report

We are a leading investment bank We enable growth and success for our clients through deep sector expertise, candid advice and a differentiated, highly productive culture. OUR MISSION We connect capital with opportunity to create value and build a better future. GUIDING PRINCIPLES We create and implement superior financial solutions for our clients. Serving clients is our fundamental purpose. We earn our clients' trust by delivering the best guidance and service. Great people working together as a team are our competitive advantage. As we serve, we are committed to these core values: • Always place our clients' interests first • Conduct ourselves with integrity and treat others with respect • Work in partnership with our clients and each other • Attract, retain and develop a diverse group of the best people in a high-quality, inclusive environment • Contribute our talents and resources to serve the communities in which we live and work Financial highlights Piper Sandler generated record revenues of $1.23 billion and record adjusted earnings of $10.02 per share for 2020. In addition, we returned $3.10 per share, or 31% of adjusted net income, to shareholders through our 2020 dividends. Our results were driven by strong performances across all of our businesses, and reflect the benefits of our more scaled and diversified platform and our ability to successfully drive shareholder value through strategic investments. SUMMARY OF ADJUSTED FINANCIAL RESULTS* ($ in thousands) For the year ended December 31, Adjusted net revenues Advisory services Corporate financing Municipal financing Equity brokerage Fixed income Investment income Interest income, net of expense 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 $304,654 72,099 113,587 87,944 73,736 20,933 17,386 $443,303 100,455 90,079 79,788 74,929 18,067 18,852 $394,133 123,072 71,773 77,110 47,628 7,418 21,100 $440,695 105,256 83,441 87,555 80,336 11,506 16,856 $443,327 295,333 119,816 161,445 196,308 10,384 8,347 Adjusted net revenues $690,339 $825,473 $742,234 $825,645 $1,234,960 Adjusted operating income Adjusted operating margin $103,658 15.0% $149,877 18.2% $113,384 15.3% $138,235 16.7% $250,288 20.3% Adjusted net income $62,748 $102,140 $87,412 $106,197 $177,555 Adjusted Net Revenues* ($ in millions) Adjusted Diluted EPS* $1,235 $10.02 $825 $742 $826 $690 $7.36 $6.68 $5.72 $4.05 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 *Financial measures presented above and included in the following letter to our fellow shareholders are on a non-GAAP, adjusted basis. The non-GAAP measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures. Please refer to the Appendix for a reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure. To our fellow shareholders: This past year has brought more change than we could have ever imagined. We experienced a global pandemic, a movement for racial justice, and a monumental election. Economic conditions and financial markets heavily influence our business and this year was a rollercoaster on both fronts. During 2020, equity markets hit all-time highs in mid-February, then plummeted 34% by late March, and then rebounded reaching all-time highs by year-end. The volatility and velocity of change in the markets was historic and unprecedented. Through all of this, and in part because of it, 2020 was a year of transformation and tremendous growth for us. The scale and diversification of the platform we have built combined with the hard work of our employees and their dedication to serving our clients greatly benefited all stakeholders in 2020. We recorded the firm’s highest net revenues, adjusted net income, and adjusted EPS on record. Our results include strong performances across all of our businesses and highlight our ability to drive shareholder value through focused investments and strong execution of our strategic objectives. For 2020, we generated adjusted net revenues of $1.23 billion, an increase of 50% over 2019. Adjusted net income of $178 million for 2020 increased 67% over the prior year, and adjusted diluted earnings of $10.02 per share increased 36% compared to $7.36 in 2019. Serving our clients is our fundamental purpose, and we have built market-leading franchises with multi-decade trusted relationships by delivering our industry-best guidance and service. As we all adapted to the changing business environment, we remained in constant communication with our clients— sharing best practices, discussing and executing their strategic initiatives and capital needs, and finding liquidity in rapidly changing markets. 2020 Adjusted Net Revenue Mix $1.23 BILLION Advisory Services Corporate Financing Municipal Financing Equity Brokerage Fixed Income Other income During 2020, we raised record amounts of capital for both corporate and municipal clients, executed record equity volumes, and provided differentiated advice on repositioning balance sheets and portfolios. In addition to benefiting from favorable markets, we gained market share in all of our businesses—a true reflection of our reputation and the trust clients place in us. These achievements are the result of diligently executing our long-term strategic objectives of driving revenue growth, building a stronger and more durable platform, and maximizing shareholder value. PIPER SANDLER | 1 In January 2020, we completed the acquisition of Sandler O’Neill to become Piper Sandler Companies. The combination positioned us as a top player within the financial services industry and strengthened our market leadership. During 2020, Sandler outperformed our expectations, retained their leading market share, and registered one of their most successful years. The resiliency of their franchise during challenging markets has been particularly impressive. Their broad product offerings combined with deep client relationships and sector expertise continues to drive strong performance across market cycles. We acquired Weeden & Co. in 2019, making 2020 the first complete fiscal year with Weeden as the core of our equity trading platform. The acquisition positioned us as a top institutional equities platform, expanded our trading product offerings and account coverage, and increased our market share opportunity as clients continue to seek large and broad, high-quality providers. By combining top-ranked research, trading and capital markets capabilities, we have created a premier client destination. During 2020, we significantly grew revenues and gained market share. As we continue to demonstrate the full capabilities of our platform, we believe there is additional opportunity for market share gains. These acquisitions, among others, collectively strengthened our platform by adding material scale and operating leverage, broadening our industry verticals, and expanding our product capabilities. Navigating this past year has reinforced the importance of each of these attributes. Just as our record performance, market leadership, and broad product offerings are helping us to build and deepen client relationships, they are making our platform a destination of choice for talent. We gained market share in all of our businesses during 2020—a reflection of our reputation and the trust clients place in us. No. 1 Advisor in U.S. M&A for Banks & Thrifts1 No. 2 Advisor in U.S. M&A for deals < $500M2 Top 5 Book run underwriter of IPOs & Follow-Ons for companies < $5B market cap in Healthcare3 58% Market share in book run debt issuance for Community & Regional Banks4 No. 2 Senior underwriter of municipal negotiated U.S. transactions5 11.6B Equity shares traded during 2020, up 149% over 2019 2x+ Size of fixed income business in 2020 compared to 2019 1) Ranking based on number of announced U.S. bank and thrift transactions during 2020. Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence. 2) Ranking based on number of announced U.S. transactions across all industries with a reported deal value < $500 million during 2020. Source: Mergermarket. 3) Ranking based on number of book run IPOs and Follow-Ons > $20 million in value for healthcare companies with < $5 billion of market cap during 2020. Source: Dealogic, Piper Sandler Equity Capital Markets Desk. 4) Market share based on gross proceeds raised during 2020 in $1000 par subordinated debt and senior note offerings > $5 million in size for Community Banks with assets < $40 billion. Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence, Bloomberg, Piper Sandler Syndicate Desk. 5) Ranking based on number of municipal sole/senior negotiated and private placement transactions completed during 2020. Source: Refinitiv. 2 | PIPER SANDLER The scale and operating leverage in our platform combined with our capital-light approach allows us to generate significant levels of excess cash from operations. Based on this, and our track record of profitable growth, we continue to believe our shareholders will benefit the most over the long-term through deployment of capital towards growth initiatives. As such, we made a number of strategic investments during the year to move our business forward. We acquired The Valence Group in April 2020, adding a chemicals and materials M&A practice to our platform to expand our industry coverage with the benefit of strengthening our presence in Europe. In December 2020, we closed on the acquisition of TRS Advisors, an independent advisory firm focused on advising and executing restructurings, reorganizations and other complex financial transactions. This addition broadens our product capabilities, and we see synergistic opportunities with many of our industry verticals. Further strengthening our leadership in public finance, we hired a special district group in our public finance investment banking business. This longstanding, market-leading team serves special district and urban authority clients that fund public infrastructure for new development. In addition to deploying capital towards acquisitions that accelerate growth, we return capital to shareholders through our dividend policy. Total dividends related to fiscal year 2020 amounted to $3.10 per share, up 38% compared to the prior year, and equates to a payout ratio of 30.9% of adjusted net income. This represents a 4.3% dividend yield based on the average closing share price during 2020. Our growth, business mix and disciplined use of capital has driven best-in-class returns. Individual years, especially in rapidly changing markets, only provide a limited picture, while a decade illustrates true evolution and sustainability. Since 2011, we have grown net revenues more than threefold, and adjusted diluted EPS at a 32% CAGR. We have and will continue to transform our business through strategic investments. Our commitment to continued growth and transformation also applies to our employees. Great people working together as a team are our competitive advantage. In March 2020, we rapidly transitioned over 90% of our employees to a remote working environment. Our corporate support groups worked diligently behind the scenes, providing best in class support to ensure the continued service to our clients. We take pride in the incredible partnership our employees displayed in the face of adversity— showing up each day with a positive attitude focused on helping each other, serving our clients, and improving our communities. The events that led to George Floyd’s death in Minneapolis, our headquarters, were painful and traumatic for our community and the entire country, especially our communities of color. We recognize the magnitude of work required in remedying the inequalities and injustices that exist in our communities, and we believe that each of us has a role to play. Together, with determined and collaborative efforts, we can make progress towards achieving greater justice and equality, in part by creating a more diverse and inclusive workforce. We are committed, as a firm, to continue working together to create the change our employees, clients, and communities deserve. PIPER SANDLER | 3 INVESTMENT BANKING Investment banking, which consists of advisory services and corporate financing, delivered record revenues of $739 million in 2020, up 35% compared to the prior year. Revenues for the year included significant contributions from our market-leading franchises in healthcare and financial services. In addition, our performance highlights the breadth of our product expertise. Corporate equity and debt financing activity, combined with capital advisory deals, generated 56% of total investment banking revenues, compared to M&A activity which generated 44%. Our comprehensive suite of products and services, combined with our deep and broad sector expertise, allows us to serve clients across all market cycles. Growing and broadening our investment banking platform continues to be a focus. Since 2011, we have grown revenues nearly fivefold demonstrating our long-term success in strategically investing in our business. With 138 investment banking managing directors and several market-leading franchises, our platform represents one of the deepest and broadest amongst our peers. In addition to driving revenue growth through accretive combinations, selective hiring, and internal development, our success is also attributable to winning larger assignments and gaining market share. Investment Banking Revenues ($ in millions) Corporate Financing Advisory Services $308 $110 $325 $114 $198 $210 $377 $72 $305 $151 $63 $88 $161 $70 $91 $178 $94 $83 $739 $295 $544 $100 $517 $123 $546 $105 $443 $394 $441 $443 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 When we announced the acquisition of Sandler in July 2019, we set a target of $750 million of annual investment banking revenues, and in 2020, we nearly reached that target despite a challenging M&A market. We see opportunities to continue our growth trajectory by broadening our industry teams through strategic hires or tuck-in acquisitions, and by capitalizing on the strength of our U.S. franchise to expand into Europe. We now believe that we are on a clear path to grow annual investment banking revenues to $1 billion over the next several years. 4 | PIPER SANDLER Advisory Services Advisory services generated revenues of $443 million for 2020, flat compared to the prior year, despite M&A activity slowing during the second and third quarters of the year as uncertainty from the Covid- 19 pandemic delayed engagements market-wide. Our performance during 2020 benefited from the addition of Sandler and the breadth and scale of our industry teams. We advised on 158 completed M&A transactions during 2020, up from 140 during the prior year, and completed 114 capital advisory transactions, namely debt and equity private placements, compared to 38 during 2019. In addition, we ranked No. 2 in the market based on the number of U.S. M&A deals announced during 2020 with a reported value of less than $500 million, and ranked No. 1 in bank and thrift M&A based on the number of announced transactions during 2020. Although market conditions were challenging for most of the year, our fourth quarter 2020 results were particularly encouraging as revenues rebounded 119% from the trough we experienced during the third quarter of 2020. We generated record quarterly revenues of $169 million driven by strong contributions from all of our industry teams. We expect this momentum will continue through 2021 as market conditions continue to improve and our pipelines are strong. We continue to focus on enhancing our value proposition to clients by providing more products and deep sector expertise. Our recent acquisition of TRS Advisors broadens our product capabilities, and our acquisition of Valence expands our industry coverage, with the benefit of strengthening our presence in Europe. In the near-term, we remain focused on executing on our pipeline, developing our current talent, increasing productivity, and growing the business through strategic investments. Corporate Financing Corporate financing generated a record $295 million of revenues for 2020, up 181% compared to the prior year. Market conditions became favorable for capital raising starting in the second quarter of 2020, driven by a sharp rebound in valuations combined with lower volatility for certain equities and low interest rates in debt markets, and these dynamics continued during the remainder of the year. In addition to conducive markets, our performance was driven by market share gains and the addition of Sandler. Activity for us was concentrated in equity capital raisings. We completed 137 equity offerings and served as book runner on 99 transactions. Our healthcare team had a standout year—delivering record revenues, running the books on 90 of their 96 completed equity deals, and raising over $20 billion for healthcare companies. The reputation and strength of this team positioned us nicely for the influx of healthcare companies raising equity capital. For 2020, we ranked in the top 5 of investment banks based on the number of book run IPOs and follow-ons for healthcare companies with less than $5 billion of market cap. The addition of Sandler to our platform expanded our product capabilities into corporate debt and preferred offerings. The team offers a comprehensive and differentiated value proposition for bank clients, specifically community and regional banks. This, combined with our dominant market share and conducive markets led to a very active year. We completed 58 debt and preferred stock offerings during 2020 as banks and other financial services companies raised capital at historically low rates. PIPER SANDLER | 5 INSTITUTIONAL BROKERAGE Institutional brokerage delivered a record year as we helped clients navigate the increased volatility and advised clients on investing in the low rate environment. We generated revenues of $358 million for 2020, up 113% over the prior year. The significant scale we have added through our acquisitions of Sandler and Weeden drove efficiencies in our cost structure and capital usage leading to a meaningful expansion in operating margin and returns in the business. Compared to 2011, the business has more than doubled and is providing significant diversity to our earnings stream. Our brokerage businesses generated 29% of 2020 total adjusted net revenues and this contribution was balanced between fixed income and equities. Essential to the investment banking businesses, our team of over 170 sales professionals in both equities and fixed income were instrumental in distributing 1,250 new issue deals during 2020 and raising over $50 billion of capital for corporate and municipal clients. With scale, deep expertise, broad product capabilities and access to significant new issue product we offer a differentiated value proposition to our clients. Institutional Brokerage Revenues ($ in millions) Fixed Income Equity Brokerage $135 $51 $85 $167 $92 $74 $147 $58 $89 $157 $155 $162 $155 $75 $82 $76 $79 $74 $88 $75 $80 $125 $48 $77 $168 $80 $88 $358 $196 $161 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Equity Brokerage Equity brokerage generated record revenues of $161 million for 2020, an increase of 84% over the prior year. The combination with Weeden added a comprehensive suite of products and broad client base to our platform, while the addition of Sandler meaningfully expanded our financial services industry coverage. Our ability to leverage this expanded client base, execution expertise and product capabilities to find liquidity for clients drove our strong performance during the year. We traded 11.6 billion shares during 2020, an increase of 149% over 2019. The breadth of our client base allows us to cross a significant portion of executed cash trades resulting in no market impact for our clients, which is a valuable differentiator for us. In addition, our client retention has been exceptionally high and we believe we are in the early stages of demonstrating the full capabilities of our platform. With best-in-class research, trading, and capital markets capabilities, we are well positioned to continue deepening client relationships and increasing our market share. 6 | PIPER SANDLER Fixed Income Fixed income generated record revenues of $196 million for 2020, up 144% compared to 2019. The addition of Sandler to our platform, combined with strong execution, deep relationships, robust client activity, and heightened volatility in the market drove the record year. We achieved these results on a lower risk profile as we reduced trading inventory, and leverage on our cost base, driving a meaningful increase in the returns in this business. We look to retain this tremendous momentum by providing differentiated advice and analytics tailored to defined client verticals, and serving our clients with product expertise reaching far beyond traditional bonds including derivatives, loan strategies and securitizations. We believe we are in the early stages of realizing the synergies from our combination with Sandler and see opportunities to increase productivity by capitalizing on our expanded client base and successfully cross selling the unique product and strategic capabilities of the firm. PUBLIC FINANCE Our public finance franchise, anchored by municipal financing activity, generated record revenues of $120 million for 2020, up 44% from 2019. Low interest rates and strong investor demand drove record market issuance of $475 billion, an increase of 5% over the prior peak in 2017. Against this backdrop, we completed 847 municipal negotiated issuances during 2020 and ranked as the No. 2 issuer nationally based on number of completed deals. In total, we raised $19.1 billion of par value for our clients during 2020, up 55% over 2019 and compares to a 17% increase in the market illustrating our market share gains. Our performance was driven by a combination of strong governmental issuance, especially in school districts where we have market leadership, and the investments we made last year to strengthen our presence in Nebraska, Colorado, and Pennsylvania. Since 2011, we have doubled revenues and more than doubled market share. Our longstanding commitment and public finance expertise makes us a natural destination for talent looking to best serve their clients. We remain focused on advancing our leadership position in every geographic and specialty market where we compete through internal development, selective hiring, and corporate development opportunities. Municipal Financing Revenues ($ in millions) $72 $71 $62 $52 $114 $89 $90 $120 $83 $72 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 PIPER SANDLER | 7 LOOKING AHEAD We began 2020 with a focus on executing on our acquisition of Sandler and fully realizing the revenue synergies resulting from the addition of Weeden. We made great strides—delivering on these investments and paving the way for future growth. We continue to build enduring, market-leading franchises and add material scale and operating leverage to our business. We believe that our market leadership, sector expertise and broad product capabilities are unparalleled in the market, and we are focused on maintaining and extending our position. Our business is exceptionally well positioned for future growth, and we are confident in our ability to continue delivering on our long-term strategic objectives of driving revenue growth, building a stronger and more durable platform, and maximizing shareholder value. In order to meet these objectives, we continue to focus on: • Executing on the scaled platform we have built by collaborating across business lines to fully realize the revenue synergies resulting from our recent investments; • Transforming our business through strategic investments and selectively adding partners who share our client-centric culture and who can leverage our platform to better serve clients; • Growing our investment banking platform through accretive combinations, developing internal talent, and continued sector and geographic expansion; • Leveraging the scale within our equity brokerage and fixed income platforms, driven by our recently expanded client base and product offerings, to grow market share; and • Prudently managing capital to reduce risk and maintain our strong balance sheet with ample liquidity and flexibility through all market conditions. Our success is and continues to be driven by the hard work of our employees. We thank our employees for their ongoing dedication to serving our clients, and we congratulate them on another great year. On behalf of our fellow partners across Piper Sandler, we would like to thank you, our shareholders, for your trust. We look forward to continuing to serve the best interests of our clients, employees, shareholders, and the communities where we live and work. Chad R. Abraham Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Debbra L. Schoneman President 8 | PIPER SANDLER OUR CULTURE Our 125-year legacy has perpetuated because of the partnerships we forge—among our clients, our employees, our shareholders, and the communities where we live and work. Through a distinct combination of candid counsel, focused expertise and empowered employees, we enable clients to achieve their short-term goals while realizing their long-term vision. We accomplish this through our: • Reputation for client-first approach and straightforward advice • Deep expertise and market leadership in focus industry sectors • Strategic advisory relationships and expert execution • A track record of delivering results for more than a century DIVERSITY & INCLUSION We believe diverse teams with unique backgrounds, skills, and experiences yield more innovative solutions. Our Mission To recruit, develop, retain and engage a diverse, high-performing team. Our Pledge Our business demands bright, committed people working in partnership within an environment that prevents no person from doing their best work. We commit to encouraging and valuing inclusivity because every partner brings unique perspectives that help us better serve our clients. By fulfilling this promise, we believe we will exceed the expectations of our employees, clients, and shareholders. Diversity & Inclusion Council The Diversity & Inclusion Council serves as a means for employees to connect with one another to promote a greater awareness and understanding of inclusion and diversity across the firm, and works to advance the firm’s Diversity & Inclusion Mission. Employee Resource Networks The firm has cultivated five employee resource networks that work in partnership with the Diversity & Inclusion Council: Multicultural Network, Pride Network, Veterans Network, Women’s Network, and Young Professionals Network. Recruiting Diverse Talent We maintain two programs focused on recruiting diverse talent. The Career Exploration Program is our hallmark diversity recruiting program and serves as a pipeline for our summer internship opportunities. The program is designed to attract high-achieving, diverse candidates, which includes female, Black, Hispanic/Latino, Native American, Asian, veteran, and LGBTQ students. The Piper Sandler MBA Fellowship Program is a competitive scholarship program that provides outstanding women, Black, Hispanic/Latino, and Native American MBA students with a financial award for exceptional academic achievement and an Associate-level internship between the first and second year of business school. PIPER SANDLER | 9 COMMUNITY LEADERSHIP Community giving has always been integral to the values and guiding principles of Piper Sandler. We offer both employee and corporate giving programs and funding to nonprofit organizations to make a positive impact on the communities where and we live and work. Employee Giving and Corporate Matching One of our core guiding principles is to contribute our talents and resources to serve the communities in which we live and work. We encourage and support our employees’ individual philanthropic interests through the Matching Gifts Program and our Annual Charitable Giving Campaign. We also provide Disaster Relief through funds set up to assist employees, clients or partners who live or work in an area directly affected by a disaster. Disaster Relief funds benefit specific, predetermined nonprofits, and all employee contributions are matched by Piper Sandler. 1,531 $1.5M $3.4M Charities donated to by employees in 2020 Raised through employee donations in 2020 Total employee giving and corporate matching for 2020 Employee Volunteer Programs We support the organizations in which our employees donate their time and resources through grant opportunities. The Community Leader Grant encourages and supports sustained volunteerism for employees who contribute more than 40 hours annually to a qualifying nonprofit and serve as a member of its board of directors. The Volunteer Program Grant provides direct gifts to qualifying nonprofit organizations where an employee volunteers 40 hours or more in a year. In addition, each year Piper Sandler recognizes two outstanding employees for their dedication to strengthening the communities where we live and work. The Bobby and Tad Piper Community Service Award recognizes an employee who has acted in service to his or her community through volunteerism and commitment. The David Crosby Community Leadership Award honors an employee for outstanding leadership and board service with charitable organizations. Corporate Giving & Community Support Piper Sandler provides corporate funding to nonprofits that are aligned with our two focus areas: • Increasing education opportunities for black, indigenous and people of color (BIPOC) communities creating development and employment opportunities these students might not otherwise have; and, • Stabilizing the circumstances for disadvantaged youth by helping students and their families meet basic needs. Piper Sandler contributes a consistent percentage of its pre-tax earnings to the community as part of the Minnesota Keystone Program, a voluntary initiative promoting corporate support for communities. We have been a member of this program for more than 40 years. 10 | PIPER SANDLER BOARD OF DIRECTORS Chad R. Abraham Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Piper Sandler Companies Philip E. Soran (Lead Independent Director) Former President Dell Compellent Inc. Jonathan J. Doyle Vice Chairman and Head of Financial Services Piper Sandler Companies William R. Fitzgerald Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Ascent Capital Group, Inc. Victoria M. Holt Former President and Chief Executive Officer Protolabs Addison (Tad) L. Piper Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. LEADERSHIP TEAM Chad R. Abraham Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Debbra L. Schoneman President James P. Baker Global Co-Head of Investment Banking and Capital Markets John A. Beckelman Head of Fixed Income Timothy L. Carter Chief Financial Officer Michael R. Dillahunt Global Co-Head of Investment Banking and Capital Markets Jonathan J. Doyle Vice Chairman and Head of Financial Services Debbra L. Schoneman President Piper Sandler Companies Thomas S. Schreier Jr. Former Vice Chairman Nuveen Investments, Inc. Former Chairman Nuveen Asset Management Sherry M. Smith Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer SUPERVALU Inc. Brian R. Sterling Former Managing Director Piper Sandler Companies Scott C. Taylor Former Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary Symantec Corp. Christine N. Esckilsen Chief Human Capital Officer Frank E. Fairman Head of Public Finance Services John W. Geelan General Counsel and Secretary J.P. Peltier Global Co-Head of Healthcare Investment Banking Shawn C. Quant Chief Information and Operations Officer Thomas P. Schnettler Vice Chairman PIPER SANDLER | 11 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020 Commission File No. 001-31720 PIPER SANDLER COMPANIES (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its Charter) Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 30-0168701 (IRS Employer Identification No.) 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 900 Minneapolis, Minnesota (Address of Principal Executive Offices) 55402 (Zip Code) (Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code) (612) 303-6000 Title of Each Class Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Trading Symbol PIPR Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered The New York Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☑ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company, " and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer ☑ ☐ Accelerated filer Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company ☐ ☐ ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☑ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☑ The aggregate market value of the 17,366,955 shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by non- affiliates based upon the last sale price, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, of the Common Stock on June 30, 2020 was approximately $1.0 billion. As of February 19, 2021, the registrant had 18,262,868 shares of Common Stock outstanding. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein) from the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021. TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS.......................................................................................................................... ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS................................................................................................................. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.............................................................................. ITEM 2. ITEM 3. ITEM 4. ITEM 5. ITEM 6. ITEM 7. PROPERTIES...................................................................................................................... LEGAL PROCEEDINGS................................................................................................... MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES....................................................................................... PART II MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.......................... SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA...................................................................................... MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS................................................................................ ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK... ITEM 8. ITEM 9. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.................................... CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE....................................................... ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES................................................................................... ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION................................................................................................... PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE............ ITEM 11. ITEM 12. ITEM 13. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION...................................................................................... SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS................................ CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE............................................................................................................. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.................................................... ITEM 15. ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.......................................... FORM 10-K SUMMARY................................................................................................... SIGNATURES.................................................................................................................... PART IV 3 9 23 23 24 24 25 26 27 56 57 120 120 120 120 120 120 121 121 121 125 126 2 CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PART I This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (this "Form 10-K") contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements other than historical information or statements of current conditions and may relate to our future plans and objectives and results, and also may include our belief regarding the effect of various legal proceedings, as set forth under "Legal Proceedings" in Part I, Item 3 of this Form 10-K and in our subsequent reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including those factors discussed below under "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K, as well as those factors discussed under "External Factors Impacting Our Business" included in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K and in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events. ITEM 1. BUSINESS. Overview Piper Sandler Companies ("Piper Sandler") is an investment bank and institutional securities firm, serving the needs of corporations, private equity groups, public entities, non-profit entities and institutional investors in the U.S. and internationally. Founded in 1895, Piper Sandler provides a broad set of products and services, including financial advisory services; equity and debt capital markets products; public finance services; equity research and institutional brokerage; fixed income services; and private equity strategies. Our headquarters are located in Minneapolis, Minnesota and we have offices across the United States and international locations in London, Aberdeen and Hong Kong. Our Business We operate in one reportable segment providing investment banking and institutional sales, trading and research services for various equity and fixed income products. • • • Investment Banking – For our corporate clients, we provide advisory services, which includes mergers and acquisitions; equity and debt private placements; and debt and restructuring advisory. We also help raise capital through equity and debt financings. We operate in the following focus sectors: healthcare; financial services; consumer; energy and renewables; diversified industrials and services; technology; and chemicals and materials, primarily focusing on middle- market clients. For our government and non-profit clients, we underwrite municipal issuances, provide municipal financial advisory and loan placement services, and offer various over-the-counter derivative products. Our public finance investment banking capabilities focus on state and local governments, cultural and social service non-profit entities, special districts, project financings, and the education, healthcare, hospitality, senior living and transportation sectors. Equity and Fixed Income Institutional Brokerage – We offer both equity and fixed income advisory and trade execution services for institutional investors and government and non-profit entities. Integral to our capital markets efforts, we have equity sales and trading relationships with institutional investors in North America and Europe that invest in our core sectors. Our research analysts provide investment ideas and support to our trading clients on approximately 900 companies. Fixed income services provides advice on balance sheet management, investment strategy and customized portfolio solutions. Our fixed income sales and trading professionals have expertise in municipal, corporate, mortgage, agency, treasury and structured product securities and cover a range of institutional investors. We principally engage in trading activities to facilitate customer needs. Alternative Asset Management Funds – We have created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and energy in order to invest firm capital and to manage capital from outside investors. 3 Discontinued Operations In the third quarter of 2019, we sold our traditional asset management subsidiary, Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI"). ARI's results have been presented herein as discontinued operations for all prior periods presented. For further information on our discontinued operations, see Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Financial Information about Geographic Areas As of December 31, 2020, the substantial majority of our net revenues and long-lived assets were located in the U.S. Competition Our business is subject to intense competition driven by large Wall Street and international firms, regional broker dealers, boutique and niche-specialty firms and alternative trading systems that effect securities transactions through various electronic venues. Competition is based on a variety of factors, including price, quality of advice and service, reputation, product selection, transaction execution, financial resources and investment performance. Many of our large competitors have greater financial resources than we have and may have more flexibility to offer a broader set of products and services than we can. In addition, there is significant competition within the securities industry for obtaining and retaining the services of qualified employees. Our business is a human capital business, and attracting and retaining employees depends, among other things, on our company's culture, management, work environment, geographic locations and compensation. Human Capital Piper Sandler connects capital with opportunity to create value and build a better future, and our employees have been critical to achieving this mission throughout our 125-year operating history. We believe that great people working together as a team are our competitive advantage, and it is crucial that we continue to attract and retain talented employees. As part of these efforts, we strive to offer a competitive compensation and benefits program and training and development opportunities, foster a community where everyone feels included and empowered to do to their best work, and give employees the opportunity to give back to their communities. As of December 31, 2020, we had 1,511 full-time employees, of which 1,451 were employed in the United States and 60 in the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. Approximately 1,130 of our employees were registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") as of December 31, 2020. One key metric we use to benchmark our firm to industry peer companies is the number of investment banking managing directors. At December 31, 2020, we had 138 corporate investment banking managing directors. Compensation and Benefits Program – Our compensation program is designed to attract, reward and retain employees who possess the skills necessary to support our business objectives and assist in the achievement of our strategic goals. We provide employees with competitive compensation packages that include base salary, annual incentive bonuses, length of service awards, and equity awards. For further information on the restricted shares we grant to employees as part of year-end compensation, see Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. In addition to cash and equity compensation, we also offer benefits such as life and health (medical, dental and vision) insurance, paid time off, paid parental leave, health and wellness programs and a 401(k) plan. We believe our programs align both individual employees and long-term company performance with stockholder interests. Training and Development – A core tenet of our talent system is to develop talent from within and to supplement with external candidates. We provide opportunities for employees to grow and build their careers through various training and development programs. We also have a talent and succession planning process, which is reviewed annually with our board of directors. 4 Diversity and Inclusion ("D&I") – At Piper Sandler, we believe that diverse teams with unique backgrounds, skills and experiences yield more innovative solutions. This is reflected in our commitment to attract, retain and develop a diverse and talented workforce in a high-quality, inclusive environment. We are focused on building an inclusive culture through a variety of initiatives supported by our D&I committee, including our hiring practices. Our employee networks also serve as a source of inclusion to support the acquisition of diverse talent both internally and externally. Each employee network is sponsored and supported by senior leaders across the firm. Community Leadership – We are committed to contributing our talents and resources to serve the communities in which we live and work through the Piper Sandler Foundation, various charitable campaigns, employee programs and volunteerism. We believe that this commitment assists in our efforts to attract and retain employees. Regulation As a participant in the financial services industry, our business is regulated by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations ("SROs") and securities exchanges, and by foreign governmental agencies, financial regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. We are subject to complex and extensive regulation of most aspects of our business, including the manner in which securities transactions are effected, net capital requirements, recordkeeping and reporting procedures, relationships and conflicts with customers, the handling of cash and margin accounts, conduct, experience and training requirements for certain employees, and the manner in which we prevent and detect money-laundering and bribery activities. The regulatory framework of the financial services industry is designed primarily to safeguard the integrity of the capital markets and to protect customers, not creditors or shareholders. The laws, rules and regulations comprising this regulatory framework can (and do) change frequently, as can the interpretation and enforcement of existing laws, rules and regulations. Conditions in the global financial markets and economy, including the 2008 financial crisis, caused legislators and regulators to increase the examination, enforcement and rule-making activity directed toward the financial services industry. The intensity of the regulatory environment may correlate with the level and nature of our legal proceedings for a given period, and increased intensity could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary (Piper Sandler & Co.) is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a member of various SROs and securities exchanges. In July 2007, the National Association of Securities Dealers and the member regulation, enforcement and arbitration functions of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") consolidated to form FINRA, which now serves as the primary SRO of Piper Sandler & Co., although the NYSE continues to have oversight over NYSE-related market activities. FINRA regulates many aspects of our U.S. broker dealer business, including registration, education and conduct of our broker dealer employees, examinations, rulemaking, enforcement of these rules and the federal securities laws, trade reporting and the administration of dispute resolution between investors and registered firms. We have agreed to abide by the rules of FINRA (as well as those of the NYSE and other SROs), and FINRA has the power to expel, fine and otherwise discipline Piper Sandler & Co. and its officers, directors and employees. Among the rules that apply to Piper Sandler & Co. are the uniform net capital rule of the SEC (Rule 15c3-1) and the net capital rule of FINRA. Both rules set a minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also require that a portion of the broker dealer's assets be relatively liquid. Under the applicable FINRA rule, FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below FINRA requirements. In addition, Piper Sandler & Co. is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital. As a result of these rules, our ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Sandler & Co. may be limited. In addition, Piper Sandler & Co. is licensed as a broker dealer in each of the 50 states, requiring us to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations of each state. Any state may revoke a license to conduct a securities business and fine or otherwise discipline broker dealers and their officers, directors and employees. We also operate one entity that is authorized, licensed and regulated by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and registered under the laws of England and Wales, as well as an entity that is authorized, licensed and regulated by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission and registered under the laws of Hong Kong. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission regulate these entities (in their respective jurisdictions) in areas of capital adequacy, customer protection and business conduct, among others. We also have a subsidiary organized in Guernsey and regulated by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission ("GFSC"). 5 Entities in the jurisdictions identified above are also subject to anti-money laundering regulations. Piper Sandler & Co. is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, which contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and mandates the implementation of various regulations requiring us to implement standards for verifying client identification at the time the client relationship is initiated, monitoring client transactions and reporting suspicious activity. Our entities in Hong Kong, the United Kingdom and Guernsey are subject to similar anti-money laundering laws and regulations. We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as other anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining an unfair business advantage. We maintain subsidiaries that are registered as investment advisors with the SEC and subject to regulation and oversight by the SEC. Piper Jaffray Investment Management LLC ("PJIM"), PSC Capital Partners LLC, Piper Sandler Advisors LLC, Piper Heartland Healthcare Capital LLC and Piper Sandler Finance Management LLC are asset management subsidiaries and registered investment advisors. As registered investment advisors, these entities are subject to requirements that relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between advisor and advisory clients, as well as general anti-fraud prohibitions. Piper Sandler & Co. is also a registered investment advisor and subject to these requirements. Parallel General Partners Limited is the general partner of several private equity limited partnerships; it and the limited partnerships are registered and regulated by the GFSC. Certain of our businesses also are subject to compliance with laws and regulations of U.S. federal and state governments, non-U.S. governments, their respective agencies and/or various SROs or exchanges governing the privacy of client information. Any failure with respect to our practices, procedures and controls in any of these areas could subject us to regulatory consequences, including fines, and potentially other significant liabilities. 6 Information About our Executive Officers Information regarding our executive officers and their ages as of February 19, 2021, are as follows: Name Chad R. Abraham Debbra L. Schoneman Timothy L. Carter James P. Baker Jonathan J. Doyle John W. Geelan R. Scott LaRue Age 52 52 53 53 55 45 60 Position(s) Chief Executive Officer President Chief Financial Officer Global Co-Head of Investment Banking and Capital Markets Vice Chairman and Head of Financial Services Group General Counsel and Secretary Global Co-Head of Investment Banking and Capital Markets Chad R. Abraham is our chief executive officer, a position he has held since January 2018. He previously served as global co-head of investment banking and capital markets from October 2010 to December 2017. Prior to that, he served as head of equity capital markets since November 2005. Mr. Abraham joined Piper Sandler in 1991. Debbra L. Schoneman is our president, a position she has held since January 2018. She previously served as chief financial officer from May 2008 to December 2017, and global head of equities from June 2017 to December 2017. Prior to that, she served as treasurer from August 2006 until May 2008; and as finance director of our corporate and institutional services business from July 2002 until July 2004 when the role was expanded to include our public finance services division. Ms. Schoneman joined Piper Sandler in 1990. Timothy L. Carter is our chief financial officer, a position he has held since January 2018. He previously served as senior vice president of finance from May 2017 to December 2017. Prior to that, he served as treasurer from May 2008 to May 2017, chief accounting officer from 2006 to May 2008, and controller from 1999 to 2006. Mr. Carter joined Piper Sandler in 1995. James P. Baker is our global co-head of investment banking and capital markets, a position he has held since January 2019. Prior to that, he served as our co-head of energy investment banking from February 2016 to December 2018. Mr. Baker joined Piper Sandler in February 2016 in connection with our acquisition of Simmons & Company International, where Mr. Baker was a managing director and leader of its midstream/downstream investment banking group. Jonathan J. Doyle is our vice chairman, senior managing principal and head of the financial services group, a position he has held since January 2020. Mr. Doyle joined Piper Sandler in connection with our acquisition of Sandler O'Neill, where Mr. Doyle served as a senior managing principal. John W. Geelan is our general counsel and secretary. He served as assistant general counsel and assistant secretary from November 2007 until becoming general counsel in January 2013. Mr. Geelan joined Piper Sandler in 2005. R. Scott LaRue is our global co-head of investment banking and capital markets, a position he has held since October 2010. Prior to that, he served as global co-head of consumer investment banking from February 2010 to September 2010 and co-head of consumer investment banking from August 2004 to January 2010. Mr. LaRue joined Piper Sandler in 2003. 7 Additional Information Our principal executive offices are located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 900, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, and our general telephone number is (612) 303-6000. We maintain an Internet Web site at http://www.pipersandler.com. The information contained on and connected to our Web site is not incorporated into this Form 10-K. We make available free of charge on or through our Web site our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and all other reports we file with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Such reports are also available on the SEC's Web site at http://www.sec.gov. "Piper Sandler," the "Company," "registrant," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Piper Sandler Companies and our subsidiaries. The Piper Sandler logo and the other trademarks, tradenames and service marks of Piper Sandler mentioned in this report or elsewhere, including, but not limited to, PIPER SANDLERSM, PIPER JAFFRAY®, REALIZE THE POWER OF PARTNERSHIP®, SANDLER O'NEILL®, SANDLER O'NEILL & PARTNERS®, SANDLER O'NEILL MORTGAGE FINANCE®, TRSSM, TRS ADVISORSSM, SIMMONS ENERGY | A DIVISION OF PIPER SANDLERSM, SIMMONS JAFFRAY®, SIMMONS ENERGYSM, SIMMONS & COMPANY ENERGY INTERNATIONAL®, SIMMONSCO-INTL®, PIPER SANDLER FINANCESM, PIPER JAFFRAY FINANCESM, PJIM®, PIPER SANDLER BIOINSIGHTSSM, PIPER JAFFRAY BIOINSIGHTSSM, BIOINSIGHTSSM, TAKING STOCK WITH TEENS®, HEALTHY ACTIVE AND SUSTAINABLE LIVING® and GUIDES FOR THE JOURNEY® are the property of Piper Sandler. | A DIVISION OF PIPER 8 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS. In the normal course of our business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks. The principal risks we face in operating our business include: strategic risks, market risks, human capital risks, liquidity risks, credit risks, operational risks, and legal and regulatory risks. A full description of each of these principal areas of risk, as well as the primary risk management processes that we use to mitigate our risk exposure in each, is discussed below under the caption "Risk Management" included in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K. The following discussion sets forth the risk factors that we have identified in each area of principal risk as being the most material to our business, future financial condition, and results of operations. Although we discuss these risk factors primarily in the context of their potential effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations, you should understand that these effects can have further negative implications such as: reducing the price of our common stock; reducing our capital, which can have regulatory and other consequences; affecting the confidence that our clients and other counterparties have in us, with a resulting negative effect on our ability to conduct and grow our business; and reducing the attractiveness of our securities to potential purchasers, which may adversely affect our ability to raise capital and secure other funding or the prices at which we are able to do so. Further, additional risks beyond those discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K or in other of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC could adversely affect us. We cannot assure you that the risk factors herein or elsewhere in our other reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC address all potential risks that we may face. These risk factors also serve to describe factors which may cause our results to differ materially from those described in forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K or in other documents or statements that make reference to this Form 10-K. Forward-looking statements, as further described in this Form 10-K under the heading "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," and other factors that may affect future results are discussed below under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K. Strategic and Market Risk Our business success depends in large part upon the strategic decisions made by our executive management, the alignment of business plans developed to act upon those decisions, and the quality of implementation of these business plans. Strategic risk represents the risk associated with our executive management failing to develop and execute on the appropriate strategic vision which demonstrates a commitment to our culture, leverages our core competencies, appropriately responds to external factors in the marketplace, and is in the best interests of our company. In setting out and executing upon a strategic vision for our business, we are faced with a number of inherent risks, including risks relating to external events and market and economic conditions, competition, and business performance that could all negatively affect our ability to execute on our strategic decisions and, therefore, our future financial condition or results of operations. The risks related to external events and overall market and economic conditions are referred to as market, or systemic, risk. The following are those material risk factors that we have identified that could pose a risk to our strategic vision, and the market risks that may impact execution of our strategy. 9 Developments in market and economic conditions have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our business and profitability and cause volatility in our results of operations. Economic and market conditions have had, and will continue to have, a direct and material impact on our results of operations and financial condition because performance in the financial services industry is heavily influenced by the overall strength of economic conditions and financial market activity. For example: • • • Following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, nearly every sector of the global and U.S. economy was negatively impacted. The uncertainty surrounding the effects and course of the pandemic, and the measures enacted to mitigate its spread, including travel restrictions, quarantines, stay-at-home orders, and business shutdowns resulted in almost unprecedented short-term dislocations in, and a slowdown of, global and U.S. economic activity. Business uncertainty over the length and severity of the pandemic and the timing of the eventual economic recovery resulted in a severe decline in our advisory (i.e., mergers and acquisitions) revenue during the second and third quarters of 2020. This decline was largely off-set by improved performance by our capital markets, institutional brokerage, and public finance businesses, which benefitted from accommodative market conditions created by the efforts of the U.S. federal government to support the markets and economy. Although we currently believe that the U.S. economy will continue to recover from COVID-19 and its related impacts in 2021, we also believe that the economic recovery and growth will be dependent on the trajectory of vaccine distribution and administration. Widespread concern or doubts in the market about the pace or ability of normal economic activity to resume, or the efficacy or adequacy of the government measures enacted to support the U.S. and global economy, could further erode the outlook for macroeconomic conditions and business confidence, and negatively impact our equities investment banking revenues. In addition, to the extent that the primary sectors that are covered by our equities investment banking business take longer to recover due to the erosion of economic conditions in those sectors, such as the energy or consumer sectors, our equities investment banking business could continue to be negatively impacted even after other sectors begin to experience a recovery. Our equities investment banking revenue from our advisory and equity capital markets businesses is directly related to macroeconomic conditions and corresponding financial market activity. When the outlook for macroeconomic conditions is uncertain or negative, financial market activity generally tends to decrease, which can reduce our equities investment banking revenues. As an example, a significant portion of our equities investment banking revenues in recent years has been derived from advisory engagements in our focus sectors, and activity in this area is highly correlated to the macroeconomic environment and market conditions. Reduced expectations of U.S. economic growth and recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic or a further decline in the global macroeconomic outlook could cause financial market activity to decrease and negatively affect our equities investment banking revenues. In addition, global macroeconomic conditions and U.S. financial markets remain vulnerable to the potential risks posed by exogenous shocks in addition to COVID-19, which could include, among other things, political or social unrest or financial uncertainty in the United States and the European Union, complications involving terrorism and armed conflicts around the world, or other challenges to global trade or travel. More generally, because our business is closely correlated to the macroeconomic outlook, a significant deterioration in that outlook or an exogenous shock would likely have an immediate and significant negative impact on our equities investment banking business and our overall results of operations, as we experienced with the outbreak of COVID-19 in 2020. U.S. equity markets experienced severe volatility during 2020, with historic declines caused by the outbreak of COVID-19, followed quickly by dramatic increases on the basis of the response by the U.S. federal government to support the markets and economy as well as increased understanding of the impact and scope of the pandemic. Our equities capital markets business was able to take full advantage of these accommodative market conditions in the second half of the year as our clients sought to access U.S. equity markets at favorable valuations, which contributed positively to our operating results for the year. However, if volatility in the U.S. equity markets were to return or increase in 2021, whether due to the concerns about the course of the COVID-19 pandemic, the outlook for the U.S. or global economic recovery, or public equity valuations, or due to some other exogenous shock, companies may find it more difficult to raise capital from public equity markets, which could have a negative impact on our equity capital markets business and our overall results of operations. In addition, in 2020, the healthcare sector was a significant contributor to our equity capital markets results, and any significant equity market volatility or moderation that specifically impacts that sector for any reason, including concerns over equity valuations or negative developments that result from legislative or regulatory actions taken by the new U.S. presidential administration, could have a negative impact on our results of operations. 10 It is difficult to predict the economic and market conditions for 2021, which are dependent upon the pace of global and U.S. economic recovery from COVID-19 and geopolitical events globally. Our smaller scale and the cyclical nature of the economy and the financial services industry leads to volatility in our financial results, including our operating margins, compensation ratios, business mix, and revenue and expense levels. Our financial performance may be limited by the fixed nature of certain expenses, the impact from unanticipated losses or expenses during the year, our business mix, and the inability to scale back costs in a timeframe to match decreases in revenue-related changes in market and economic conditions. As a result, our financial results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. Developments in specific business sectors and markets in which we conduct our business, have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our business and profitability. Our results for a particular period may be disproportionately impacted by declines in specific sectors of the U.S. or global economy, or for certain products within the financial services industry, due to our business mix and focus areas. For example: • • • Our equities investment banking business focuses on specific sectors, including healthcare, financial services, energy and renewables, consumer, diversified industrials and services, technology, and chemicals and materials. Volatility, uncertainty, or slowdowns in any of these sectors may adversely affect our business, sometimes disproportionately, and may cause volatility in the net revenues we receive from our corporate advisory and capital markets activities. Both the healthcare and financial services sectors are significant contributors to our overall results, and negative developments in either of these sectors, including but not limited to negative developments that result from legislative or regulatory actions taken by the new U.S. presidential administration, would materially and disproportionately impact our equities investment banking results, even if general economic conditions were strong. In addition, we may not participate, or may participate to a lesser degree than other firms, in sectors that experience significant activity, such as real estate, and our operating results may not correlate with the results of other firms that participate in these sectors. Our public finance investment banking business depends heavily upon conditions in the municipal market. It focuses on investment banking activity in sectors that include state and local government, education, senior living, healthcare, transportation, and hospitality sectors, with an emphasis on transactions with a par value of $500 million or less. Concerns about U.S. economic growth or recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic could have a disproportionate impact on high-yield sectors, which could have a negative impact on our public finance business. Further, the enactment, or the threat of enactment, of any legislation that alters the financing alternatives available to local or state governments or tax- exempt organizations through the elimination or reduction of tax-exempt bonds could have a negative impact on our results of operations in these businesses. Our fixed income institutional business derives its revenue from sales and trading activity in the municipal and taxable markets and from hybrid preferreds and government agency products. Our operating results for our fixed income institutional business may not correlate with the results of other firms or the fixed income market generally because we do not participate in significant segments of the fixed income markets such as credit default swaps, corporate high-yield bonds, currencies or commodities. Financing and advisory services engagements are transactional in nature and do not generally provide for subsequent engagements. Even though we work to represent our clients at every stage of their lifecycle, we are typically retained on a short-term, engagement-by-engagement basis in connection with specific advisory or capital markets transactions. As a consequence, the timing of when fees are earned varies, and, therefore, our financial results from advisory and capital markets activities may experience volatility quarter to quarter based on equity market conditions as well as the macroeconomic business cycle more broadly. In particular, our revenues related to advisory transactions tend to be more unpredictable from quarter to quarter due to the one-time nature of the transaction and the size of the fee. As a result, high levels of revenue in one quarter will not necessarily be predictive of continued high levels of revenue in any subsequent period. If we are unable to generate a substantial number of new engagements and generate fees from the successful completion of those transactions, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. 11 The number of anticipated investment banking transactions may differ from actual results. The completion of anticipated investment banking transactions in our pipeline is uncertain and partially beyond our control, and our investment banking revenue is typically earned only upon the successful completion of a transaction. In most cases, we receive little or no payment for investment banking engagements that do not result in the successful completion of a transaction. For example, a client's acquisition transaction may be delayed or terminated because of a failure to agree upon final terms with the counterparty, failure to obtain necessary regulatory consents or director or stockholder approvals, failure to secure necessary financing, adverse market conditions or unexpected financial or other issues in the client's or counterparty's business. More importantly, anticipated advisory or capital markets transactions may be delayed or terminated as a result of a decline in or uncertainty surrounding market or economic conditions. If parties fail to complete a transaction on which we are advising or an offering in which we are participating, we earn little or no revenue from the transaction and may have incurred significant expenses (e.g., travel and legal expenses) associated with the transaction. Accordingly, our business is highly dependent on market and economic conditions as well as the decisions and actions of our clients and interested third parties, and the number of engagements we have at any given time (and any characterization or description of our deal pipelines) is subject to change and may not necessarily result in future revenues. We may make strategic acquisitions, enter into new business opportunities, or engage in joint ventures, which could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and have disruptive effects on our business and may not yield the benefits we expect. We may grow in part through corporate development or similar activities that could include acquisitions, joint ventures and minority investment stakes, and entering into new lines of business. There are a number of risks associated with these activities. Costs or difficulties relating to a transaction, including integration of products, employees, technology systems, accounting systems and management controls, or entry into a new business line, may be difficult to predict accurately and be greater than expected causing our estimates to differ from actual results. Importantly, we may be unable to retain key personnel after a transaction, including personnel who are critical to the success of the ongoing business. We may incur unforeseen liabilities of an acquired company or from entry into a new business line, that could impose significant and unanticipated legal costs on us. We will need to successfully manage these risks in order to fully realize the anticipated benefits of these transactions. Longer-term, our corporate development activities may require increased costs in the form of management personnel, financial and management systems and controls and facilities, which, in the absence of continued revenue growth, could cause our operating margins to decline. In addition, when we acquire a business, a substantial portion of the purchase price is often allocated to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. Our goodwill and intangible assets are tested at least annually for impairment. If, in connection with that test, we determine that a reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, we would be required to recognize an impairment to the goodwill associated with that reporting unit. More generally, any difficulties that we experience could disrupt our ongoing business, increase our expenses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition. We also may be unable to achieve anticipated benefits and synergies from a transaction as fully as expected or within the expected time frame. We may not be able to compete successfully with other companies in the financial services industry who often have significantly greater resources than we do. The financial services industry remains highly competitive, and our revenues and profitability may suffer if we are unable to compete effectively. We generally compete on the basis of such factors as quality of advice and service, reputation, price, product selection, transaction execution and financial resources. Pricing and other competitive pressures in investment banking, including the use of multiple book runners, co-managers, and multiple financial advisors handling transactions, have affected and could continue to adversely affect our revenues. 12 We remain at a competitive disadvantage given our relatively small size compared to some of our competitors. Large financial services firms generally have a larger capital base, greater access to capital, and greater technology resources, affording them greater capacity for risk and potential for innovation, an extended geographic reach and flexibility to offer a broader set of products. For example, some of these firms are able to use their larger capital base to offer additional products or services to their investment banking clients, which can be a competitive advantage. With respect to our fixed income institutional brokerage and public finance investment banking businesses, it is more difficult for us to diversify and differentiate our product set, and our fixed income business mix currently is concentrated in the municipal market and to a lesser extent corporate credits, potentially with less opportunity for growth than other firms which have grown their fixed income businesses by investing in, developing and offering non-traditional products (e.g., credit default swaps, interest rate products and currencies and commodities). Our institutional brokerage business is subject to pricing pressures. The ability to execute trades electronically and through alternative trading systems and competitive pressures on our clients have increased the pressure on trading commissions and spreads within the equities institutional brokerage business over the past few years. We expect to continue to experience pricing and other competitive pressures in our equities and fixed income institutional brokerage businesses in the future. In addition, we will need to continue to invest in these businesses in order to continue to meet our clients’ needs and maintain sufficient scale. Our inability to identify and address actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest may negatively impact our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business. We regularly address actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest in our business, including situations where our services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client. Appropriately identifying and dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult, and we face the risk that our current policies, controls and procedures do not timely identify or appropriately manage such conflicts of interest. It is possible that actual, potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. Our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with potential or actual conflicts of interest. Client dissatisfaction, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions arising from a failure to adequately deal with conflicts of interest, and the reputational harm suffered as a consequence, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Damage to our reputation could harm our business. Maintaining our reputation is critical to attracting and maintaining clients, customers, investors, and employees. If we fail to deal with, or appear to fail to deal with, issues that may give rise to reputational risk, such failure or appearance of failure could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. These issues include, but are not limited to, appropriately dealing with potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues, money laundering, cybersecurity, and the proper identification of the strategic, market, human capital, liquidity, credit, operational, legal and regulatory risks inherent in our business and products. Human Capital Risk Our business is a human capital business, and, therefore, our future financial condition and results of operations are significantly dependent upon our employees and their actions. Our success depends on the skills, expertise, and performance of our employees. Human capital risks represent the risks posed if we fail to attract and retain qualified individuals who are motivated to serve the best interests of our clients, thereby serving the best interests of our company, as well as the risks posed if our culture fails to encourage such behavior. Human capital risk is also present where we fail to detect and prevent employees from acting contrary to our policies and procedures, for example, if an employee were to inadequately safeguard or misuse our clients' confidential information. Any failure by us in creating and maintaining a culture that emphasizes serving our clients' best interests or detecting or preventing employees from engaging in behaviors that run counter to that culture might lead to reputational damage for our firm. The following are those material human capital risk factors that we have identified that could pose a risk to us. 13 Our ability to attract, develop and retain highly skilled and productive employees, develop the next generation of our business leadership, and instill and maintain a culture of ethics is critical to the success of our business. Historically, the market for qualified employees within the financial services industry has been marked by intense competition, and the performance of our business may suffer to the extent we are unable to attract, retain, and develop productive employees, given the relatively small size of our company and our employee base compared to some of our competitors and the geographic locations in which we operate. The primary sources of revenue in each of our business lines are fees earned on advisory and underwriting transactions and customer accounts managed by our employees, who have historically been recruited by other firms and in certain cases are able to take their client relationships with them when they change firms. In some areas of our business, a small number of employees are responsible for producing a significant amount of revenue, and the loss of any of these employees could adversely affect our results of operations. Further, recruiting and retention success often depends on the ability to deliver competitive compensation, and we may be at a disadvantage to some competitors given our size and financial resources. Our inability or unwillingness to meet compensation needs or demands may result in the loss of some of our professionals or the inability to recruit additional professionals at compensation levels that are within our target range for compensation and benefits expense. Our ability to retain and recruit also may be hindered if we limit our aggregate annual compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of annual net revenues. A vibrant and ethical corporate culture is critical to ensuring that our employees put our clients' interests first and are able to identify and manage potential conflicts of interest, while also creating an environment in which each of our employees feel empowered to develop and pursue their full potential. Our expectations for our corporate culture and ethics are instilled and maintained by the "tone at the top" set by our management and board of directors. Lapses in our corporate culture could lead to reputational damage or employee loss, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations. Our business success depends in large part on the strategic decisions made by our leadership team, and the business plans developed and implemented by our senior business leaders. Our ability to identify, develop, and retain future senior business leaders, and our ability to develop and implement successful succession plans for our leadership team and other senior business leaders, is critical to our future success and results of operations. Our inability to effectively integrate and retain personnel in connection with our acquisitions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We invest time and resources in carefully assessing opportunities for acquisitions, and we have made acquisitions in the past several years to broaden the scope and depth of our human capital in various businesses. Despite diligence and integration planning, acquisitions still present certain risks, including the difficulties in integrating and bringing together different work cultures and employees, and retaining those employees for the period of time necessary to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Difficulties in integrating our acquisitions, including attracting and retaining talent to realize the expected benefits of these acquisitions, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Liquidity and Credit Risk Two of our principal categories of risk as a broker dealer are liquidity and credit risk, each of which can have a material impact on our results of operations and viability as a business. We believe that the effective management of liquidity and credit is fundamental to the financial health of our firm. With respect to liquidity risk, it impacts our ability to timely access necessary funding sources in order to operate our business and our ability to timely divest securities that we hold in connection with our market-making and sales and trading activities. Credit risk, as distinguished from liquidity risk, is the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty, customer, client, borrower, or issuer of securities we hold in our trading inventory. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the type of transaction, the structure and duration of that transaction and the parties involved. The following are the material liquidity and credit risk factors that we have identified that could pose a risk to us. 14 An inability to access capital readily or on terms favorable to us could impair our ability to fund operations and could jeopardize our financial condition and results of operations. Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. To fund our business, we rely on financing provided by Pershing LLC ("Pershing") under our fully disclosed clearing agreement, as well as bank financing, commercial paper, and other funding sources. The financing provided by Pershing is at Pershing's discretion (i.e., uncommitted) and could be denied without prior notice. To help mitigate this risk, during 2019, the Company issued $175 million of unsecured fixed rate senior notes as financing for general corporate purposes, including to finance a portion of our acquisition of Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. in early 2020. In January 2021, we increased the size of our unsecured revolving credit facility from $50 million to $65 million, and we intend to use the facility for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our broker dealer subsidiary also renewed a $100 million committed credit facility in December 2020 for an additional twelve months. Our access to funding sources, particularly uncommitted funding sources, is dependent on factors we cannot control, such as economic downturns, the disruption of financial markets, the failure or consolidation of other financial institutions, negative news about the financial industry generally or us specifically. We could experience disruptions with our credit facilities in the future, including the loss of liquidity sources and/or increased borrowing costs, if lenders or investors develop a negative perception of our short- or long-term financial prospects, which could result from decreased business activity. Our liquidity also could be impacted by the activities resulting in concentration of risk, including investments in specific markets or products without liquidity. Our access to funds also may be impaired if regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or if we discover that one of our employees has engaged in serious unauthorized or illegal activity. In the future, we may need to incur debt or issue equity in order to fund our working capital requirements, as well as to execute our growth initiatives that may include acquisitions and other investments. Similarly, our access to funding sources may be contingent upon terms and conditions that may limit or restrict our business activities and growth initiatives. In addition, we currently do not have a credit rating, which could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position by increasing our borrowing costs and limiting access to sources of liquidity that require a credit rating as a condition to providing funds. If we are unable to obtain necessary funding, or if the funding we obtain is on terms and conditions unfavorable to us, it could negatively affect our business activities and operations, and our ability to pursue certain growth initiatives and make certain capital decisions, including the decision whether to pay future dividends to our shareholders, as well as our future financial condition or results of operations. Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses. Concentration of risk increases the potential for significant losses in our sales and trading, alternative asset management, merchant banking, credit underwriting and syndication platform, and underwriting businesses. We have committed capital to these businesses, and we may take substantial positions in particular types of securities and/or issuers. This concentration of risk may cause us to suffer losses even when economic and market conditions are generally favorable for our competitors. Further, disruptions in the credit markets can make it difficult to hedge exposures effectively and economically. Our businesses, profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets. The nature of our businesses exposes us to credit risk, or the risk that third parties who owe us money, securities or other assets will not perform their obligations. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons. Deterioration in the credit quality of securities or obligations we hold could result in losses and adversely affect our ability to rehypothecate or otherwise use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes. A significant downgrade in the credit ratings of our counterparties could also have a negative impact on our results. Default rates, downgrades and disputes with counterparties as to the valuation of collateral tend to increase in times of market stress and illiquidity. Although we review credit exposures to specific clients and counterparties and to specific industries that we believe may present credit concerns, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee. Also, concerns about, or a default by, one institution generally leads to losses, significant liquidity problems, or defaults by other institutions, which in turn could adversely affect our business. 15 Particular activities or products within our business expose us to increased credit risk, including inventory positions, interest rate swap contracts with customer credit exposure, counterparty risk with one major financial institution related to customer interest rate swap contracts without customer credit exposure, investment banking and advisory fee receivables, liquidity providers on variable rate demand notes we remarket, and similar activities. With respect to interest rate swap contracts with customer credit exposure, we have retained the credit exposure with four non-publicly rated counterparties totaling $24.0 million at December 31, 2020 as part of our matched-book interest rate swap program. In the event of a termination of the contract, the counterparty would owe us the applicable amount of the credit exposure. If our counterparty is unable to make its payment to us, we would still be obligated to pay our hedging counterparty, resulting in credit losses. Non-performance by our counterparties, clients and others, including with respect to our inventory positions and interest rate swap contracts with customer credit exposures, could result in losses, potentially material, and thus have a significant adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, reliance on revenues from hedge funds and hedge fund advisors, which are less regulated than many investment company and investment advisor clients, may expose us to greater risk of financial loss from unsettled trades than is the case with other types of institutional investors. Concentration of risk may result in losses to us even when economic and market conditions are generally favorable for others in our industry. An inability to readily divest trading positions may result in financial losses to our business. Timely divestiture of our trading positions, including equity, fixed income and other securities positions, can be impaired by decreased trading volume, increased price volatility, rapid changes in interest rates, concentrated trading positions, limitations on the ability to divest positions in highly specialized or structured transactions and changes in industry and government regulations. While we hold a security, we are vulnerable to valuation fluctuations and may experience financial losses to the extent the value of the security decreases and we are unable to timely divest or hedge our trading position in that security. The value may decline as a result of many factors, including issuer-specific, market or geopolitical events. In addition, in times of market uncertainty, the inability to divest inventory positions may have an impact on our liquidity as funding sources generally become more restrictive, which could limit our ability to pledge the underlying security as collateral. Our liquidity may also be impacted if we choose to facilitate liquidity for specific products and voluntarily increase our inventory positions in order to do so, exposing ourselves to greater market risk and potential financial losses from the reduction in value of illiquid positions. Our underwriting and alternative asset management activities expose us to risk of loss. We engage in a variety of activities in which we commit or invest our own capital, including underwriting and alternative asset management. In our role as underwriter for equity and fixed income securities, we commit to purchase securities from the issuer or one or more holders of the issuer's securities, and then sell those securities to other investors or into the public markets, as applicable. Our underwriting activities, including bought deal transactions and equity block trading activities, expose us to the risk of loss if the price of the security falls below the price we purchased the security before we are able to sell all of the securities that we purchased. For example, as an underwriter, or, with respect to equity securities, a block positioner, we may commit to purchasing securities from an issuer or one or more holders of the issuer's securities without having found purchasers for some or all of the securities. In those instances, we may find that we are unable to sell the securities at a price equal to or above the price at which we purchased the securities, or with respect to certain securities, at a price sufficient to cover our hedges. With respect to alternative asset management, our ability to withdraw our capital from these investments may be limited, and we may not be able to realize our investment objectives by sale or disposition at attractive prices, increasing our risk of losses. Our joint venture entities that underwrite and syndicate client debt may hold a portion of such debt after syndication, and our invested capital is exposed to a risk of loss to the extent that the debt is ultimately not repaid. Our results from these activities may vary from quarter to quarter. We may incur significant losses from our underwriting and alternative asset management due to equity or fixed income market fluctuations and volatility from quarter to quarter, or from a deterioration in specific business subsectors or the economy more generally. In addition, we may engage in hedging transactions that, if not successful, could result in losses; and the hedges we purchase to counterbalance market rate changes in certain inventory positions are not perfectly matched to the positions being hedged, which could result in losses. 16 Use of derivative instruments as part of our financial risk management techniques may not effectively hedge the risks associated with activities in certain of our businesses. We use interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, U.S. Treasury bond futures and options, and equity option contracts as a means to manage risk in certain inventory positions and to facilitate customer transactions. With respect to risk management, we enter into derivative contracts to hedge interest rate and market value risks associated with our security positions, including fixed income inventory positions we hold both for facilitating client activity. The instruments currently use interest rates based upon the Municipal Market Data ("MMD"), London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association ("SIFMA") index. Generally, we do not hedge all of our interest rate risk. In addition, these hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating interest rate and market value risk, especially when market volatility reduces the correlation between a hedging vehicle and the securities inventory being hedged. There are risks inherent in our use of these products, including counterparty exposure and basis risk. Counterparty exposure refers to the risk that the amount of collateral in our possession on any given day may not be sufficient to fully cover the current value of the swaps if a counterparty were to suddenly default. Basis risk refers to risks associated with swaps where changes in the value of the swaps may not exactly mirror changes in the value of the cash flows they are hedging. We may incur losses from our exposure to derivative interest rate products and the increased use of these products in the future. The use of estimates and valuations in measuring fair value involve significant estimation and judgment by management. We make various estimates that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Broadly, those estimates are used in measuring fair value of certain financial instruments, investments in private companies, accounting for goodwill and intangible assets, establishing provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation, and regulatory proceedings and tax examinations. Estimates are based on available information and judgment. Therefore, actual results could differ from our estimates and that difference could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. With respect to accounting for goodwill, we complete our annual goodwill and intangible asset impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year or earlier if impairment indicators are present. Impairment charges resulting from this valuation analysis could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold but not yet purchased, are recorded at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation techniques involve management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments' complexity. Difficult market environments may cause financial instruments to become substantially more illiquid and difficult to value, increasing the use of valuation models. Our future results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by the valuation adjustments that we apply to these financial instruments. Investments in private companies are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization ("EBITDA")) and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These valuation techniques require significant management estimation and judgment. Operational Risk Operational risk is the risk of loss, or damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events. Such loss or reputational damage could negatively impact our future financial condition and results of operations. The following are those material operational risk factors that we have identified that could pose a risk to us. 17 Our information and technology systems, including outsourced systems, are critical components of our operations, and failure of those systems or other aspects of our operations infrastructure may disrupt our business, cause financial loss and constrain our growth. We typically transact thousands of securities trades on a daily basis across multiple markets. Our data and transaction processing, financial, accounting and other technology and operating systems are essential to this task. A system malfunction (due to hardware failure, capacity overload, security incident, data corruption, etc.) or mistake made relating to the processing of transactions could result in financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, reputational damage and constraints on our ability to grow. We operate under a fully disclosed model for all of our clearing operations. In a fully disclosed model, we act as an introducing broker for most customer transactions and rely on a clearing broker dealer to handle clearance and settlement of our customers' securities transactions. The clearing services provided by our clearing broker dealer, Pershing, are critical to our business operations, and similar to other important outsourced operations, any failure by the clearing agent with respect to the services we rely on it to provide could significantly disrupt and negatively impact our operations and financial results. We also contract with third parties for market data services, which constantly broadcast news, quotes, analytics and other relevant information to our employees, as well as other critical data processing activities. In the event that any of these service providers fails to adequately perform such services or the relationship between that service provider and us is terminated, we may experience a significant disruption in our operations, including our ability to timely and accurately process transactions or maintain complete and accurate records of those transactions. Adapting or developing our technology systems to meet new regulatory requirements, client needs, geographic expansion and industry demands also is critical for our business. The introduction of new technologies presents new challenges on a regular basis. We have an ongoing need to upgrade and improve our various technology systems, including our data and transaction processing, financial, accounting, risk management, compliance, and trading systems. This need could present operational issues or require significant capital spending. It also may require us to make additional investments in technology systems and may require us to reevaluate the current value and/or expected useful lives of our technology systems, which could negatively impact our results of operations. In 2020, nearly 90% of our workforce transitioned to a work-from-home environment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which entailed significant investments and potentially presented heightened cybersecurity, information security, and operational risks which we needed to manage. Although we successfully managed that transition, a similar disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business due to fire, natural disaster, health emergency (e.g., a disease pandemic), power or communication failure, act of terrorism or war may affect our ability to service and interact with our clients. If we are not able to implement contingency plans effectively, any such disruption could harm our results of operations. Protection of our sensitive and confidential information is critical to our operations, and failure of those systems may disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and cause financial losses. Our clients routinely provide us with sensitive and confidential information. Secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our internal and outsourced computer systems and networks is critically important to our business. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant. However, our computer systems, software and networks, and those of our clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, cyber attacks, security breaches, computer viruses or other malicious code, inadvertent, erroneous or intercepted transmission of information (including by e-mail), human error, and other events that could have an information security impact. We work with our employees, clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties to develop and implement measures designed to protect against such an event, but we may not be able to fully protect against such an event, and do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of these third parties and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or those of third parties, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to reputational harm as well as litigation, regulatory penalties, and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. 18 A failure to protect our computer systems, networks and information, and our clients' information, against cyber attacks, data breaches, and similar threats could impair our ability to conduct our businesses, result in the disclosure, theft or destruction of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause significant financial and legal exposure. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. There have been several highly publicized cases involving financial services companies, consumer-based companies and other companies, as well as governmental and political organizations, reporting breaches in the security of their websites, networks or other systems. We have not been immune from such events. Some of the publicized breaches have involved sophisticated and targeted cyber attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, including through the introduction of computer viruses, malware, ransomware, phishing, denial-of-service, and other means. There have also been several highly publicized cases where hackers have requested "ransom" payments in exchange for not disclosing customer information. A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems could cause serious negative consequences for us, including significant disruption of our operations and those of our clients, customers and counterparties; misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our clients, customers, counterparties or employees; or damage to our computers or systems and those of our clients, customers and counterparties; and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. We continuously monitor and develop our systems to protect our technology infrastructure and data from misappropriation or corruption. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems and information, we have not been and may not be able to anticipate, detect or implement effective preventive measures against all cyber threats, especially because the techniques used are increasingly sophisticated, change frequently, and are often not recognized until months after the attack. Cyber attacks can originate from a variety of sources, including third parties who are affiliated with foreign governments or employees acting negligently or in a manner adverse to our interests. Third parties may seek to gain access to our systems either directly or using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third party service providers or other users of our systems. In addition, due to our interconnectivity with third party vendors, central agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial institutions, we could be adversely impacted if any of them are subject to a successful cyber attack or other information security event. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software and networks have been and may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities, exposures, or information security events. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our systems, the process of enhancing our protective measures can itself create a risk of systems disruptions and security issues. The increased use of cloud technologies can heighten these and other operational risks. Certain aspects of the security of such technologies are unpredictable or beyond our control, and this lack of transparency may inhibit our ability to discover a failure by cloud service providers to adequately safeguard their systems and prevent cyber attacks that could disrupt our operations and result in misappropriation, corruption or loss of confidential and other information. In addition, there is a risk that encryption and other protective measures, despite their sophistication, may be defeated, particularly to the extent that new computing technologies vastly increase the speed and computing power available. 19 Risk management processes may not fully mitigate exposure to the various risks that we face. We refine our risk management techniques, strategies and assessment methods on an ongoing basis. However, risk management techniques and strategies, both ours and those available to the market generally, may not be fully effective in identifying and mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk. For example, we may fail to identify or anticipate particular risks that our systems are capable of identifying, or the systems that we use, and that are used within the industry generally, may not be capable of identifying certain risks, or every economic and financial outcome, or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. In addition, our risk management techniques and strategies seek to balance our ability to profit from our market-making and investing positions with our exposure to potential losses. Some of our strategies for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to quantify our risk exposure. Any failures in our risk management techniques and strategies to accurately quantify our risk exposure could limit our ability to manage risks. In addition, any risk management failures could cause our losses to be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Further, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses. The financial services industry and the markets in which we operate are subject to systemic risk that could adversely affect our business and results. Participants in the financial services industry and markets increasingly are closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing, technology and other relationships between them. A significant adverse development with one participant (such as a bankruptcy or default) may spread to others and lead to significant concentrated or market-wide problems (such as defaults, liquidity problems or losses) for other industry participants, including us. Further, the control and risk management infrastructure of the markets in which we operate often is outpaced by financial innovation and growth in new types of securities, transactions and markets. Systemic risk is inherently difficult to assess and quantify, and its form and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time. Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could materially affect our business. We have documented and tested our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors regarding our internal control over financial reporting. We are in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as of December 31, 2020. However, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to maintain an effective internal control environment could materially adversely affect our business. Legal and Regulatory Risk Legal and regulatory risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and the loss to our reputation we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related SRO standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. It also includes the risk that legislation could reduce or eliminate certain business activities that we are currently engaged in, which could negatively impact our future financial condition or results of operation. The following are those material legal and regulatory risk factors that we have identified that could pose a risk to us. 20 Our industry is exposed to significant legal liability, which could lead to substantial damages. We face significant legal risks in our businesses. These risks include potential liability under securities laws and regulations in connection with our capital markets, asset management and other businesses. The volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, arbitrations, regulatory enforcement actions and other adversarial proceedings against financial services firms has historically been intense. Our experience has been that adversarial proceedings against financial services firms typically increase during and following a market downturn. We also are subject to claims from disputes with our employees and our former employees under various circumstances. Risks associated with legal liability often are difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time, making the amount of legal reserves related to these legal liabilities difficult to determine and subject to future revision. Legal or regulatory matters involving our directors, officers or employees in their individual capacities also may create exposure for us because we may be obligated or may choose to indemnify the affected individuals against liabilities and expenses they incur in connection with such matters to the extent permitted under applicable law. In addition, like other financial services companies, we may face the possibility of employee fraud or misconduct. The precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases and there can be no assurance that we will be able to deter or prevent fraud or misconduct. Exposures from and expenses incurred related to any of the foregoing actions or proceedings could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, future results of operations could be adversely affected if reserves relating to these legal liabilities are required to be increased or legal proceedings are resolved in excess of established reserves. Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and a significant regulatory action against our company may have a material adverse financial effect on, cause significant reputational harm to, or result in other collateral consequences for our company. As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to complex and extensive regulation of many aspects of our business by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies, SROs (including securities exchanges) and by foreign governmental agencies, regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. Specifically, our operating subsidiaries include broker dealer and related securities entities organized in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Hong Kong. Each of these entities is registered or licensed with the applicable local regulator and is subject to all of the applicable rules and regulations promulgated by those authorities. In addition, our asset management subsidiaries, PJIM, PSC Capital Partners LLC, Piper Sandler Advisors LLC, Piper Heartland Healthcare Capital LLC and Piper Sandler Finance Management LLC, as well as Piper Sandler & Co., are registered as investment advisors with the SEC and subject to the regulation and oversight by the SEC, and we have an additional asset management subsidiary subject to regulation in Guernsey. Generally, the requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect customers and other third parties who deal with us. These requirements are not designed to protect our shareholders. Consequently, broker dealer regulations often serve to limit our activities, through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements and restrictions on the businesses in which we may operate or invest. We also must comply with asset management regulations, including requirements related to fiduciary duties to clients, record-keeping and reporting and customer disclosures. Compliance with many of these regulations entails a number of risks, particularly in areas where applicable regulations may be newer or unclear. In addition, regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business may intervene in our business and we, and our employees, could be fined or otherwise disciplined for violations or prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities. Our business also subjects us to the complex income and payroll tax laws of the national and local jurisdictions in which we have business operations, and these tax laws may be subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income and other taxes. We are subject to contingent tax risk that could adversely affect our results of operations, to the extent that our interpretations of tax laws are disputed upon examination or audit, and are settled in amounts in excess of established reserves for such contingencies. 21 The effort to combat money laundering also has become a high priority in governmental policy with respect to financial institutions. The obligation of financial institutions, including ourselves, to identify their customers, watch for and report suspicious transactions, respond to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, and share information with other financial institutions, has required the implementation and maintenance of internal practices, procedures and controls which have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs. Any failure with respect to our programs in this area could subject us to serious regulatory consequences, including substantial fines, and potentially other liabilities. In addition, our international operations require compliance with anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. These laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining an unfair business advantage. While our employees and agents are required to comply with these laws, we cannot ensure that our internal control policies and procedures will always protect us from intentional, reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees or agents, which acts could subject our company to fines or other regulatory consequences that could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our results of operations. Legislative and regulatory proposals could significantly curtail the revenue from certain products that we currently provide or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Proposed changes in laws or regulations relating to our business could decrease, perhaps significantly, the revenue that we receive from certain products or services that we provide, or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Both the healthcare and financial services sectors are significant contributors to our overall results, and negative developments in either of these sectors, including but not limited to negative developments that result from legislative or regulatory actions taken by the new U.S. presidential administration, could negatively affect our results of operations, even if general economic conditions were strong. The business operations that we conduct outside of the United States subject us to unique risks. When we conduct business outside the United States, we are subject to risks, including, without limitation, the risk that we will be unable to provide effective operational support to these business activities, the risk of noncompliance with foreign laws and regulations, and the general economic and political conditions in countries where we conduct business, which may differ significantly from those in the United States. For example, the effect of Brexit is still developing and could require us to obtain additional regulatory licenses or impose new restrictions on our ability to conduct business in Europe. Regulatory capital requirements may limit our ability to expand or maintain our present levels of business or impair our ability to meet our financial obligations. We are subject to the SEC's uniform net capital rule (Rule 15c3-1) and the net capital rule of FINRA, which may limit our ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Sandler & Co., our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary. The uniform net capital rule sets the minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively liquid. FINRA may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below its requirements. Underwriting commitments require a charge against net capital and, accordingly, our ability to make underwriting commitments may be limited by the requirement that we must at all times be in compliance with the applicable net capital regulations. As Piper Sandler Companies is a holding company, it depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund its obligations. The regulatory restrictions described above may impede access to funds our holding company needs to make payments on any such obligations. 22 Other Risks to Our Shareholders The following are additional risk factors that we have identified that could pose a material risk to us or our shareholders. We may change our dividend policy at any time and there can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends. Our current dividend policy is to pay quarterly and annual cash dividends to our shareholders in order to return between 30 percent and 50 percent of our adjusted net income from each fiscal year to shareholders. Although we expect to pay dividends to our shareholders in accordance with our dividend policy, we have no obligation to pay any dividend, and our dividend policy may change at any time without notice. The declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors in accordance with applicable law after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs and capital uses, limitations imposed by our indebtedness, legal requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. As a result, we may not pay dividends at any rate or at all. Our stock price may fluctuate as a result of several factors, including but not limited to, changes in our revenues, operating results, and return on equity. We have experienced, and expect to experience in the future, fluctuations in the market price of our common stock due to factors that relate to the nature of our business, including but not limited to changes in our revenues, operating results, earnings per share, and return on equity. Our business, by its nature, does not produce steady and predictable earnings on a quarterly basis, which may cause fluctuations in our stock price that may be significant. Other factors that have affected, and may further affect, our stock price include changes in or news related to economic, political, or market events or conditions, changes in market conditions in the financial services industry, including developments in regulation affecting our business, a predominantly passive or quantitative shareholder base among the company's top twenty shareholders, failure to meet the expectations of market analysts, changes in recommendations or outlooks by market analysts, and aggressive short selling. Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company, which could decrease the market value of our common stock. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that are intended to deter abusive takeover tactics by making them unacceptably expensive to the raider and to encourage prospective acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include limitations on our shareholders' ability to act by written consent and to call special meetings. Delaware law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock. We believe these provisions protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors and by providing our board of directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal, and are not intended to make our company immune from takeovers. However, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the best interests of our company and our shareholders. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS. None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. As of February 19, 2021, we conducted our operations through 63 principal offices in 30 states, and the District of Columbia, and in London, Aberdeen and Hong Kong. All of our offices are leased. Our principal executive office is located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 900, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 and, as of February 19, 2021, comprises approximately 124,000 square feet of space under a lease which expires November 30, 2025, with an early termination option effective January 31, 2023. 23 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. Due to the nature of our business, we are involved in a variety of legal proceedings. These proceedings include litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings, which may arise from, among other things, underwriting or other transactional activity, client account activity, employment matters, regulatory examinations of our businesses and investigations of securities industry practices by governmental agencies and SROs. The securities industry is highly regulated, and the regulatory scrutiny applied to securities firms is intense, resulting in a significant number of regulatory investigations and enforcement actions and uncertainty regarding the likely outcome of these matters. Litigation-related expenses include amounts we reserve and/or pay out as legal and regulatory settlements, awards or judgments, and fines. Parties who initiate litigation and arbitration proceedings against us may seek substantial or indeterminate damages, and regulatory investigations can result in substantial fines being imposed on us. We reserve for contingencies related to legal proceedings at the time and to the extent we determine the amount to be probable and reasonably estimable. However, it is inherently difficult to predict accurately the timing and outcome of legal proceedings, including the amounts of any settlements, judgments or fines. We assess each proceeding based on its particular facts, our outside advisors' assessment and our past experience with similar matters, and expectations regarding the current legal and regulatory environment and other external developments that might affect the outcome of a particular proceeding or type of proceeding. Subject to the foregoing, we believe, based on our current knowledge, after appropriate consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account our established reserves, that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings, will be resolved with no material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that our assessments will reflect the ultimate outcome of pending proceedings, and the outcome of any particular matter may be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, on the operating results for that period and the amount of established reserves. Reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued at December 31, 2020 are not material. We generally have denied, or believe that we have meritorious defenses and will deny, liability in all significant cases currently pending against us, and we intend to vigorously defend such actions. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES. Not applicable. 24 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. PART II Market Information Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PIPR." Shareholders We had 10,167 shareholders of record and approximately 30,137 beneficial owners of our common stock as of February 19, 2021. Dividend Policy Our board of directors has approved a dividend policy with the intention of returning between 30 percent and 50 percent of our adjusted net income from the previous fiscal year to shareholders. This includes the payment of a quarterly and an annual special cash dividend, payable in the first quarter of each year. Our board of directors has declared a special cash dividend on our common stock of $1.85 per share related to 2020 adjusted net income. This special dividend will be paid on March 12, 2021, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 3, 2021. Including this special cash dividend and the regular quarterly dividends totaling $1.25 per share paid during 2020, we will have returned $3.10 per share, or approximately 31 percent of our fiscal year 2020 adjusted net income to shareholders. In addition, our board of directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.40 per share to be paid on March 12, 2021, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 3, 2021. Our board of directors is free to change our dividend policy at any time. Restrictions on our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary's ability to pay dividends are described in Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Purchases of Equity Securities The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Piper Sandler Companies or any "affiliated purchaser" (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act), of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2020. Period Month #1 (October 1, 2020 to October 31, 2020)......... Month #2 (November 1, 2020 to November 30, 2020)..... Month #3 (December 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020)..... Total Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Yet to be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) — $ — 2,637 $ 92.60 — 2,637 $ $ — 92.60 — $ — $ — — $ $ 137 137 137 137 (1) Effective January 1, 2020, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150.0 million of common stock through December 31, 2021. 25 Stock Performance Graph This performance graph shall not be deemed "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The following graph compares the performance of an investment in our common stock from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2020, with the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index. The graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2015, in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index and that all dividends were reinvested on the date of payment without payment of any commissions. The performance shown in the graph represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of future performance. FIVE YEAR TOTAL RETURN FOR PIPER SANDLER COMPANIES COMMON STOCK, THE S&P 500 INDEX AND THE S&P DIVERSIFIED FINANCIALS INDEX Company/Index Piper Sandler Companies............. S&P 500 Index............................. S&P 500 Diversified Financials... 12/31/2015 100 $ 100 100 12/31/2016 179.46 $ 111.96 120.55 12/31/2017 217.54 $ 136.40 150.56 12/31/2018 172.52 $ 130.42 135.62 12/31/2019 213.72 $ 171.49 168.94 12/31/2020 277.06 $ 203.04 188.14 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. None. 26 PIPRS&P 500 IndexS&P 500 Diversified Financials12/31/201512/31/201612/31/201712/31/201812/31/201912/31/2020$0$50$100$150$200$250$300 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. The following information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and exhibits included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Certain statements in this Form 10-K may be considered forward-looking. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in this Form 10-K for additional information regarding such statements and related risks and uncertainties. Item 7 in this Form 10-K discusses our 2020 and 2019 results and the year-over-year comparisons between 2020 and 2019. Discussion of our 2018 results and the year-over-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2020. Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures We have included financial measures that are not prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). These non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments to exclude (1) revenues and expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) interest expense on long-term financing from net revenues, (3) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, (4) compensation and non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements, (5) acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs and (6) discontinued operations. The adjusted weighted average diluted shares outstanding used in the calculation of non-GAAP earnings per diluted common share contains an adjustment to include the common shares for unvested restricted stock awards with service conditions granted pursuant to the acquisitions of SOP Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, including Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. (collectively, "Sandler O'Neill") and The Valence Group ("Valence"). These adjustments affect the following financial measures: net revenues, compensation expenses, non-compensation expenses, income tax expense, net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies, earnings per diluted common share, non-interest expenses, pre-tax income and pre-tax margin. Management believes that presenting these results and measures on an adjusted basis in conjunction with the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures provides the most meaningful basis for comparison of our operating results across periods and enhances the overall understanding of our current financial performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our core operating results. The non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Executive Overview Overview of Operations – Our continuing operations principally consist of providing investment banking and institutional brokerage services to corporations, private equity groups, public entities, non-profit entities and institutional investors in the United States and Europe. We operate through one reportable business segment. Investment banking services include financial advisory services, management of and participation in underwritings and municipal financing activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions, government and non- profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, profits and losses from trading these securities, and research checks as clients pay us for research services and corporate access offerings. Also, we have historically generated revenue through strategic trading activities, which focused on investments in municipal bonds; however, we ceased these activities in the first half of 2020. In order to invest firm capital and to manage capital from outside investors, we have created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking, which involve equity investments in late stage private companies, and in the energy sector, whose principal activity is to invest in oil and gas services companies headquartered in Europe. We receive management and performance fees for managing these funds, as well as investment gains and losses. Discontinued Operations – Discontinued operations includes the operating results of ARI, our traditional asset management subsidiary which we sold in the third quarter of 2019. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for further discussion of our discontinued operations. 27 Our Business Strategy – Our long-term strategic objectives are to drive revenue growth, build a stronger and more durable platform, continue to gain market share, and maximize shareholder value. In order to meet these objectives, we are focused on the following: • • • • Continuing to transform our business through strategic investments and selectively adding partners who share our client- centric culture and who can leverage our platform to better serve clients; Growing our investment banking platform through market share gains, accretive combinations, developing internal talent, and continued sector and geographic expansion. We also believe there is an opportunity to capitalize on the strength of our U.S. franchises by expanding in Europe; Leveraging the scale within the equity brokerage and fixed income services platforms, driven by our recently expanded client base and product offerings, to grow market share; and Prudently managing capital to maintain our balance sheet strength with ample liquidity and flexibility through all market conditions. Strategic Activities – During 2019 and 2020, we took the following important steps in the execution of our business strategy. • • • • On December 31, 2020, we completed the acquisition of TRS Advisors LLC ("TRS"), an advisory firm offering restructuring and reorganization services to companies in public, private and governmental settings. The transaction expands the scale of our restructuring advisory business. On April 3, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Valence, an investment bank offering mergers and acquisitions advisory services to companies and financial sponsors with a focus on the chemicals, materials and related sectors. The transaction adds a new industry sector and expands our presence in Europe. On January 3, 2020, we completed the acquisition of Sandler O'Neill, a full-service investment banking firm and broker dealer focused on the financial services industry. The acquisition of Sandler O'Neill is accretive to our advisory services revenues, diversifies and enhances scale in corporate financings, adds a differentiated fixed income services business, and increases scale in our equity brokerage business. On August 2, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Weeden & Co. L.P. ("Weeden & Co."). Weeden & Co. is a broker dealer focused on providing institutional clients with global trading solutions, specializing in best execution through the use of high-touch, low-touch and program trading capabilities. The transaction added enhanced trade execution capabilities and scale to our equity brokerage business. 28 Financial Highlights (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) U.S. GAAP Net revenues....................................................................................... Compensation and benefits................................................................. Non-compensation expenses.............................................................. Income from continuing operations before income tax expense........ Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies........................... Earnings per diluted common share................................................... Ratios and margin Compensation ratio......................................................................... Non-compensation ratio.................................................................. Pre-tax margin................................................................................. Non-GAAP (1) Adjusted net revenues......................................................................... Adjusted compensation and benefits.................................................. Adjusted non-compensation expenses................................................ Adjusted operating income................................................................. Adjusted net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies............ Adjusted earnings per diluted common share..................................... Adjusted ratios and margin Adjusted compensation ratio............................................................ Adjusted non-compensation ratio..................................................... Adjusted operating margin................................................................ $ $ $ $ See the "Results of Operations" section for additional information. Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 1,238,213 877,462 292,203 68,548 40,504 2.72 70.9 % 23.6 % 5.5 % 1,234,960 764,066 220,606 250,288 177,555 10.02 $ $ $ $ 61.9 % 17.9 % 20.3 % 834,566 516,090 199,497 118,979 111,711 7.69 61.8 % 23.9 % 14.3 % 825,645 510,952 176,458 138,235 106,197 7.36 61.9 % 21.4 % 16.7 % 2020 v2019 48.4 % 70.0 46.5 (42.4) (63.7) (64.6) 49.6 % 49.5 25.0 81.1 67.2 36.1 29 (1) Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to adjusted non-GAAP financial information (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Net revenues: Net revenues – U.S. GAAP basis................................................................................................................... Adjustments: Revenue related to noncontrolling interests................................................................................................ Interest expense on long-term financing...................................................................................................... Adjusted net revenues.................................................................................................................................... Compensation and benefits: Compensation and benefits – U.S. GAAP basis............................................................................................. Adjustments: Compensation from acquisition-related agreements................................................................................... Adjusted compensation and benefits.............................................................................................................. Non-compensation expenses: Non-compensation expenses – U.S. GAAP basis........................................................................................... Adjustments: Non-compensation expenses related to noncontrolling interests................................................................ Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................. Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions............................................................................ Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements............................................................ Adjusted non-compensation expenses............................................................................................................ Income from continuing operations before income tax expense: Income from continuing operations before income tax expense – U.S. GAAP basis.................................... Adjustments: Revenue related to noncontrolling interests................................................................................................ Interest expense on long-term financing...................................................................................................... Non-compensation expenses related to noncontrolling interests................................................................ Compensation from acquisition-related agreements................................................................................... Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................. Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions............................................................................ Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements............................................................ Adjusted operating income............................................................................................................................ Interest expense on long-term financing...................................................................................................... Adjusted income before adjusted income tax expense................................................................................... Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies: Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies – U.S. GAAP basis...................................................... Adjustment to exclude net income from discontinued operations.................................................................. Net income from continuing operations......................................................................................................... Adjustments: Compensation from acquisition-related agreements................................................................................... Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................. Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions............................................................................ Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements............................................................ Adjusted net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies....................................................................... $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 1,238,213 $ 834,566 (12,881) 9,628 1,234,960 $ (10,769) 1,848 825,645 877,462 $ 516,090 (113,396) 764,066 $ (5,138) 510,952 292,203 $ 199,497 (4,029) (10,755) (44,728) (12,085) 220,606 $ (4,306) (14,321) (4,298) (114) 176,458 68,548 $ 118,979 (12,881) 9,628 4,029 113,396 10,755 44,728 12,085 250,288 (9,628) 240,660 40,504 — 40,504 85,940 8,712 33,383 9,016 177,555 $ $ $ $ (10,769) 1,848 4,306 5,138 14,321 4,298 114 138,235 (1,848) 136,387 111,711 23,772 87,939 4,124 10,770 3,250 114 106,197 30 (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Earnings per diluted common share: Earnings per diluted common share – U.S. GAAP basis............................................................................... Adjustment to exclude net income from discontinued operations.................................................................. Income from continuing operations............................................................................................................... Adjustment for inclusion of unvested acquisition-related stock.................................................................... Adjustment related to participating shares (2).............................................................................................. Adjustments: Compensation from acquisition-related agreements................................................................................... Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs.............................................................................. Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions............................................................................ Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements............................................................ Adjusted earnings per diluted common share................................................................................................ $ $ $ $ Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding: Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding – U.S. GAAP basis................................................. Adjustment: Unvested acquisition-related restricted stock with service conditions........................................................ Adjusted weighted average diluted common shares outstanding.................................................................. Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2.72 — 2.72 (1.89) — 0.83 5.76 0.58 2.24 0.61 10.02 $ $ $ $ 14,901 2,814 17,715 7.69 1.65 6.05 — 0.04 6.09 0.29 0.75 0.23 0.01 7.36 13,937 — 13,937 (2) A non-GAAP measure for which the adjustment related to participating shares excludes the impact of the annual special cash dividend paid in the first quarter. 31 Market Data The following table provides a summary of relevant market data over the past three years. Year Ended S&P 500 (a).............................................................................. Nasdaq (a)................................................................................. Mergers and Acquisitions - Middle Market 2020 3,756 12,888 2019 3,231 8,973 2018 2,507 6,635 2020 v2019 16.2 % 43.6 % 2019 v2018 28.9 % 35.2 % (number of transactions in U.S.) (b)....................................... 2,971 3,009 3,051 (1.3) % (1.4) % Public Equity Offerings (number of transactions in U.S.) (c)....................................... 1,285 Initial Public Offerings (number of transactions in U.S.) (d)....................................... 436 U.S. Equity Capital Markets Fee Pool - Sub-$5 billion 887 206 979 44.9 % (9.4) % 226 111.7 % (8.8) % (dollars in millions) (e)........................................................... $ 9,014 $ 4,379 $ 5,009 105.8 % (12.6) % Municipal Negotiated Issuances (number of transactions in U.S.) (f)........................................ 8,861 7,505 5,872 18.1 % 27.8 % Municipal Negotiated Issuances (value of transactions in billions in U.S.) (f).......................... Average CBOE Volatility Index (VIX).................................... NYSE Average Daily Number of Shares Traded $ 390 29 $ 327 15 $ 264 17 19.2 % 93.3 % 23.9 % (11.8) % (millions of shares)................................................................. 2,402 1,690 1,708 42.1 % (1.1) % Nasdaq Average Daily Number of Shares Traded (millions of shares)................................................................. 10-Year Treasury Average Rate............................................... 3-Month Treasury Average Rate.............................................. Average 10-Year Municipal-Treasury Ratio (g)....................... 2,010 1,381 1,428 0.81 % 0.25 % 1.22 2.14 % 2.11 % 0.79 2.91 % 1.97 % 0.85 45.5 % (62.1) % (88.2) % 54.4 % (3.3) % (26.5) % 7.1 % (7.1) % (a) Data provided is at period end. (b) (c) (d) (e) Source: Refinitiv (transactions with reported deal value between $100 million and $1 billion and transactions with an undisclosed deal value that had a financial advisor). Source: Dealogic and Piper Sandler Equity Capital Markets (IPOs, follow-on offerings and convertible offerings with reported deal value greater than $10 million). Source: Dealogic and Piper Sandler Equity Capital Markets (offerings with reported deal value greater than $10 million). Source: Dealogic and Piper Sandler Equity Capital Markets (IPOs, follow-on offerings and convertible offerings with deal values greater than $10 million and PIPEs/RDs greater than $5 million for sub-$5 billion market cap issuers; SPAC IPO fees are represented as the standard two percent upfront fee unless noted differently on the IPO cover). (f) Source: Refinitiv (sole/senior negotiated and private placement transactions). (g) Calculated based on the 10-year Municipal Market Data (MMD) index rate divided by the 10-year treasury rate. External Factors Impacting Our Business Performance in the financial services industry in which we operate is highly correlated to the overall strength of economic conditions and financial market activity. Overall market conditions are a product of many factors, which are beyond our control, often unpredictable and at times inherently volatile. These factors may affect the financial decisions made by investors, including their level of participation in the financial markets. In turn, these decisions may affect our business results. With respect to financial market activity, our profitability is sensitive to a variety of factors, including the demand for investment banking services as reflected by the number and size of advisory transactions, equity and debt corporate financings, and municipal financings; the relative level of volatility of the equity and fixed income markets; changes in interest rates and credit spreads (especially rapid and extreme changes); overall market liquidity; the level and shape of various yield curves; the volume and value of trading in securities; and overall equity valuations. 32 Factors that differentiate our business within the financial services industry also may affect our financial results. For example, our capital markets business focuses on specific industry sectors while serving principally middle-market clientele. If the business environment for our focus sectors is impacted adversely, our business and results of operations could reflect these impacts. In addition, our business, with its specific areas of focus and investment, may not track overall market trends. Given the variability of the capital markets and securities businesses, our earnings may fluctuate significantly from period to period, and results for any individual period should not be considered indicative of future results. Outlook for 2021 On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the COVID-19 outbreak as a global pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic has affected major economic and financial markets, and businesses and governments continue to face challenges associated with the economic conditions resulting from efforts to address it. Global macroeconomic conditions have been significantly impacted by the government-mandated closure of businesses and the subsequent reopening of the economy with new protocols for social interaction, supply chain and production disruptions, job losses, reduced consumer spending and sentiment, and a myriad of other factors. The U.S. federal government passed legislation in the first and fourth quarters of 2020 attempting to mitigate some of the economic hardship caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, with the potential for additional legislation and stimulus measures in 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve took extraordinary steps in 2020 to provide liquidity in the financial markets, including cutting the short-term benchmark interest rate to zero and launching a new round of quantitative easing. After historic volatility in the first quarter of 2020, equity markets rebounded and fixed income markets stabilized, aided by the record levels of federal monetary and fiscal support. In the third quarter of 2020, the U.S. Federal Reserve announced it would keep the benchmark interest rate at its current low level for an extended period of time, and maintained their quantitative easing measures. After the unprecedented shock to the economy in 2020 from COVID-19, we expect the economy to improve in 2021, likely weighted towards the second half of the year. However, economic recovery and growth will be dependent on the trajectory of vaccine distribution and administration. The results of the recent U.S. elections will also influence future legislative actions and policies which, in part, may impact economic growth. Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks, such as uncertainties surrounding trade policy and other global economic conditions, remain in the background and will continue to have an ongoing impact to the U.S. and global economy. Market conditions continued to be favorable for corporate capital raising in the fourth quarter of 2020 driven by strong investor demand and market valuations. We believe equity and debt capital raising activity will remain strong in 2021 albeit at reduced levels from 2020. Advisory services revenues rebounded in the fourth quarter of 2020 from the trough we experienced during the third quarter of 2020. Advisory services activity is benefiting from increased CEO confidence and more clarity on a post-pandemic outlook. Market conditions remain conducive for activity in the middle market due to attractive valuations, low financing rates and an expectation of continued economic growth. Our pipeline is strong across our industry verticals. In our equity brokerage business, revenues for 2020 reflected substantially increased levels of volatility and volumes. We believe our equity brokerage revenues will decline in 2021 as institutional trading volumes moderate from the elevated 2020 levels. We also expect the equity brokerage fee pool will be down in 2021. The actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve to inject liquidity into the financial markets and to keep interest rates low allowed for stability in the fixed income markets after the first quarter of 2020. We anticipate less volatility in 2021 which will reduce volumes and commission spreads. We will continue to provide our clients with differentiated advice and analytics on repositioning balance sheets, maximizing yields and managing risk in the current market environment. Our public finance underwriting business benefited from market stability, low yields, robust refinancing activity and strong investor demand in 2020. We believe that market issuance volumes in 2021 will moderate from the record levels in 2020, especially within the governmental space. Revenues from higher-yielding municipal offerings should increase as high yield investor demand has improved meaningfully. Issuer capital needs, interest rate yields, rate stability and client demand will continue to be the principal drivers of the level of municipal finance activity going forward. 33 Results of Operations Financial Summary The following table provides a summary of the results of our operations on a U.S. GAAP basis and the results of our operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated. Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 2020 v2019 2019 v2018 As a Percentage of Net Revenues for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 (Amounts in thousands) Revenues: Investment banking............................. Institutional brokerage......................... Interest income.................................... Investment income.............................. Total revenues................................... $ 858,476 $ 629,392 $ 588,978 124,738 167,891 357,753 32,749 26,741 13,164 11,039 22,275 23,265 757,504 846,299 1,252,658 36.4 % 113.1 (50.8) 4.4 48.0 6.9 % 34.6 (18.3) 101.8 11.7 69.3 % 75.4 % 79.5 % 20.1 28.9 3.2 1.1 2.7 1.9 101.4 101.2 16.8 4.4 1.5 102.2 Interest expense................................... 14,445 11,733 16,551 23.1 (29.1) 1.2 1.4 2.2 Net revenues...................................... 1,238,213 834,566 740,953 48.4 12.6 100.0 100.0 100.0 Non-interest expenses: Compensation and benefits................. Outside services................................... Occupancy and equipment.................. Communications.................................. Marketing and business development...................................... Deal-related expenses.......................... Trade execution and clearance............ Restructuring and integration costs..... Intangible asset amortization............... Other operating expenses.................... Total non-interest expenses............... 877,462 38,377 54,007 44,358 516,090 36,184 36,795 30,760 488,487 36,528 34,194 28,656 13,472 38,072 18,934 10,755 44,728 29,500 1,169,665 28,780 25,823 10,186 14,321 4,298 12,350 715,587 26,936 25,120 8,014 3,498 4,858 12,173 668,464 70.0 6.1 46.8 44.2 (53.2) 47.4 85.9 (24.9) 940.7 138.9 63.5 5.7 (0.9) 7.6 7.3 6.8 2.8 27.1 309.4 (11.5) 1.5 7.0 Income from continuing operations before income tax expense ................ 68,548 118,979 72,489 (42.4) 64.1 Income tax expense............................. 19,192 24,577 18,046 (21.9) 36.2 Income from continuing operations ... 49,356 94,402 54,443 (47.7) 73.4 Discontinued operations: Income from discontinued operations, net of tax............................................ — 23,772 1,387 N/M N/M Net income ............................................ 49,356 118,174 55,830 (58.2) 111.7 70.9 3.1 4.4 3.6 1.1 3.1 1.5 0.9 3.6 2.4 94.5 5.5 1.5 4.0 — 4.0 61.8 4.3 4.4 3.7 3.4 3.1 1.2 1.7 0.5 1.5 85.7 14.3 2.9 11.3 2.8 14.2 65.9 4.9 4.6 3.9 3.6 3.4 1.1 0.5 0.7 1.6 90.2 9.8 2.4 7.3 0.2 7.5 Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests..................... Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies ........................... N/M — Not meaningful 8,852 6,463 (1,206) 37.0 N/M 0.7 0.8 (0.2) $ 40,504 $ 111,711 $ 57,036 (63.7) % 95.9 % 3.3 % 13.4 % 7.7 % 34 For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Sandler Companies of $40.5 million. Net revenues from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased 48.4 percent to $1.24 billion, compared with $834.6 million in the year-ago period, driven by record corporate financing revenues. Additionally, the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill and Weeden & Co. have provided increased diversification and scale to our platform. In 2020, investment banking revenues increased 36.4 percent to $858.5 million, compared with $629.4 million in 2019, due to significantly higher corporate financing revenues, as well as increased municipal financing revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2020, institutional brokerage revenues were $357.8 million, up 113.1 percent compared with $167.9 million in 2019. The increase was due to the acquisitions of Weeden & Co. and Sandler O'Neill, as well as higher volatility in the financial markets, particularly in the first quarter of 2020, which drove higher trading volumes. In 2020, net interest expense was $1.3 million, compared to net interest income of $15.0 million in 2019. Net interest expense resulted from a decline in interest income on our long inventory positions combined with incremental interest expense on our long- term financing arrangements, which consist of our fixed rate senior notes issued on October 15, 2019, and the unsecured promissory notes we entered into on April 3, 2020 to fund a portion of the Valence purchase price. For the year ended December 31, 2020, investment income was $23.3 million, compared with $22.3 million in 2019. In 2020, we recorded lower gains on our investment and the noncontrolling interests in the merchant banking funds that we manage which were more than offset by higher gains on our other firm investments. Non-interest expenses from continuing operations were $1.17 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, up 63.5 percent compared with $715.6 million in the prior year, primarily due to higher compensation and non-compensation expenses resulting from our recent acquisitions. Consolidated Non-Interest Expenses from Continuing Operations Compensation and Benefits – Compensation and benefits expenses, which are the largest component of our expenses, include salaries, incentive compensation, benefits, stock-based compensation, employment taxes, income associated with the forfeiture of stock-based compensation and other employee-related costs. A significant portion of compensation expense is comprised of variable incentive arrangements, including discretionary incentive compensation, the amount of which fluctuates in proportion to the level of business activity, increasing with higher revenues and operating profits. Other compensation costs, primarily base salaries and benefits, are more fixed in nature. The timing of incentive compensation payments, which generally occur in February, has a greater impact on our cash position and liquidity than is reflected on our consolidated statements of operations. We have granted restricted stock and restricted cash with service conditions as a component of our acquisition deal consideration, which is amortized to compensation expense over the service period. The following table summarizes our future acquisition-related compensation expense for restricted stock and restricted cash with service conditions, as well as amounts estimated to be paid under earnout arrangements: (Amounts in thousands) 2021............................................................................................................................................................. 2022............................................................................................................................................................. 2023............................................................................................................................................................. 2024............................................................................................................................................................. 2025............................................................................................................................................................. Total.......................................................................................................................................................... $ $ 93,707 80,019 29,997 22,041 5,295 231,059 For the year ended December 31, 2020, compensation and benefits expenses increased 70.0 percent to $877.5 million from $516.1 million in 2019. The increase in compensation and benefits expenses was driven by increased revenues and incremental headcount from the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill and Valence, along with higher acquisition-related compensation related to restricted consideration and retention awards associated with these acquisitions. We also recorded additional compensation expense for an earnout associated with the acquisition of Weeden & Co. related to our expectations of achieving a net revenue target, as our equity brokerage business is outperforming initial projections. Compensation and benefits expenses as a percentage of net revenues was 70.9 percent in 2020, compared with 61.8 percent in 2019. The compensation ratio was impacted by increased acquisition-related compensation related to our recent acquisitions. Outside Services – Outside services expenses include securities processing expenses, outsourced technology functions, outside legal fees, fund expenses associated with our consolidated alternative asset management funds and other professional fees. Outside services expenses were $38.4 million in 2020, up 6.1 percent compared with $36.2 million in 2019. The increase was due to incremental expenses related to the acquisition of Sandler O'Neill. 35 Occupancy and Equipment – For the year ended December 31, 2020, occupancy and equipment expenses increased 46.8 percent to $54.0 million, compared with $36.8 million in 2019. The increase was primarily the result of incremental expenses related to our recent acquisitions. Communications – Communication expenses include costs for telecommunication and data communication, primarily consisting of expenses for obtaining third party market data information. For the year ended December 31, 2020, communication expenses increased 44.2 percent to $44.4 million, compared with $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to higher market data services expenses resulting from incremental headcount related to our recent acquisitions. Marketing and Business Development – Marketing and business development expenses include travel and entertainment costs, advertising and third party marketing fees. In 2020, marketing and business development expenses decreased 53.2 percent to $13.5 million, compared with $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was driven by lower travel and entertainment costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic. We anticipate that travel will begin to resume in the second half of 2021, resulting in increased travel and entertainment costs compared to 2020. Deal-Related Expenses – Deal-related expenses include costs we incurred over the course of a completed investment banking deal, which primarily consist of legal fees, offering expenses, and travel and entertainment costs. For the year ended December 31, 2020, deal-related expenses increased 47.4 percent to $38.1 million, compared with $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The amount of deal-related expenses is principally dependent on the level of deal activity and may vary from period to period as the recognition of deal-related costs typically coincides with the closing of a transaction. We closed on a record number of equity financing transactions in 2020, which resulted in higher deal-related expenses. Trade Execution and Clearance – For the year ended December 31, 2020, trade execution and clearance expenses were $18.9 million, compared with $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in trade execution and clearance expenses was reflective of higher trading volumes. Restructuring and Integration Costs – For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs of $10.8 million. The expenses consisted of $4.4 million of transaction costs related to our recent acquisitions, $3.0 million of severance benefits, $0.9 million of contract termination costs and $2.5 million for vacated leased office space. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs of $14.3 million related to the acquisitions of Weeden & Co. and Sandler O'Neill. The expenses consisted of $6.9 million of professional fees related to the transactions, $2.9 million of severance benefits, $2.8 million of contract termination costs and $1.7 million for vacated leased office space. Intangible Asset Amortization – Intangible asset amortization includes the amortization of definite-lived intangible assets consisting of customer relationships, internally developed software and the trade name that we acquired from Simmons & Company International ("Simmons"). For the year ended December 31, 2020, intangible asset amortization was $44.7 million, compared with $4.3 million in 2019. The increase was due to incremental intangible asset amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets associated with the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill and Valence and a full year of intangible asset amortization expense related to Weeden & Co. In 2021, we anticipate incurring additional intangible asset amortization expense related to the acquisition of TRS and a full year of intangible asset amortization expense related to the acquisition of Valence. Other Operating Expenses – Other operating expenses include insurance costs, license and registration fees, expenses related to our charitable giving program and litigation-related expenses, which consist of the amounts we reserve and/or pay out related to legal and regulatory matters. Other operating expenses were $29.5 million in 2020, compared with $12.4 million in 2019. In the first quarter of 2020, we recorded a $12.1 million fair value adjustment related to the earnout for former Weeden & Co. equity owners who did not transition to our platform. We recorded the full value of the projected earnout as the non-employee equity owners do not have service requirements. The increase was also due to higher expense related to our charitable giving program. 36 Income Taxes – For the year ended December 31, 2020, our provision for income taxes was $19.2 million. Excluding the impact of noncontrolling interests, our effective tax rate was 32.1 percent, which was driven by the impact of non-deductible covered employee compensation expense, partially offset by $2.4 million of income tax benefits related to the tax provisions in the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our provision for income taxes was $24.6 million, which included a $5.1 million tax benefit related to stock-based compensation awards vesting at values greater than the grant price. Excluding the impact of this benefit and noncontrolling interests, our effective tax rate was 26.4 percent. Financial Performance from Continuing Operations Our activities as an investment bank and institutional securities firm constitute a single business segment. Throughout this section, we have presented results on both a U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP basis. Management believes that presenting results and measures on an adjusted, non-GAAP basis in conjunction with the corresponding U.S. GAAP measures provides a more meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results and underlying trends between periods, and enhances the overall understanding of our current financial performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our core operating results. The non-GAAP results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, the results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The adjusted financial results exclude (1) revenues and expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) interest expense on long-term financing from net revenues, (3) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, (4) compensation and non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements and (5) acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs. For U.S. GAAP purposes, these items are included in each of their respective line items on the consolidated statements of operations. Adjusted operating income and adjusted operating margin present the results of operations excluding the impact resulting from the consolidation of noncontrolling interests in alternative asset management funds. Consolidation of these funds results in the inclusion of the proportionate share of the income or loss attributable to the equity interests in consolidated funds that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to us (i.e., noncontrolling interests). This proportionate share is reflected in net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, and has no effect on our overall financial performance, as ultimately, this income or loss is not income or loss for us. Included in adjusted operating income and adjusted operating margin is the actual proportionate share of the income or loss attributable to us as an investor in such funds. The adjusted, non-GAAP financial results also exclude amortization of intangible assets and compensation and non- compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements. These amounts are excluded on a non-GAAP basis as they represent expenses specifically related to acquisitions that will eventually be fully amortized and therefore not part of our on- going operations. The acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs excluded from the adjusted financial results represent charges that resulted from severance benefits, contract termination costs, vacating redundant leased office space and professional fees related to the respective transactions. These restructuring and integration costs are excluded from our non- GAAP financial measures as they relate to acquisitions and excluding these amounts provides a better understanding of our core non-compensation expenses. Interest expense on long-term financing is an adjustment from net revenues as these arrangements were used to fund the Sandler O'Neill and Valence acquisitions. Management believes that presenting adjusted financial results excluding the acquisition-related amounts provides clarity on the financial results generated by the core operating components of our business. 37 The following table sets forth the adjusted, non-GAAP financial results and adjustments necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial results for the periods presented: Year Ended December 31, 2020 Adjustments (1) 2019 Adjustments (1) (Amounts in thousands) Adjusted Interests Adjustments GAAP Adjusted Interests Adjustments GAAP Total Noncontrolling Other U.S. Total Noncontrolling Other U.S. Investment banking Advisory services........... $ 443,327 $ — $ — $ 443,327 $ 440,695 $ — $ Corporate financing........ Municipal financing....... 295,333 119,816 Total investment banking... 858,476 Institutional brokerage: Equity brokerage............ Fixed income services.... 161,445 196,308 Total institutional brokerage........................ 357,753 — — — — — — — — 295,333 105,256 119,816 83,441 — 858,476 629,392 — — 161,445 87,555 196,308 80,336 — 357,753 167,891 — — — — — — — $ 440,695 — — 105,256 83,441 — 629,392 — — 87,555 80,336 — 167,891 — — 26,741 22,275 Interest income.................. Investment income............. 13,164 10,384 Total revenues................... 1,239,777 — 12,881 12,881 — — 13,164 23,265 26,741 11,506 — 10,769 — 1,252,658 835,530 10,769 846,299 Interest expense................. 4,817 — 9,628 14,445 9,885 — 1,848 11,733 Net revenues...................... 1,234,960 12,881 (9,628) 1,238,213 825,645 10,769 (1,848) 834,566 Non-interest expenses........ 984,672 4,029 180,964 1,169,665 687,410 4,306 23,871 715,587 Pre-tax income................... $ 250,288 $ 8,852 $ (190,592) $ 68,548 $ 138,235 $ 6,463 $ (25,719) $ 118,979 Pre-tax margin................... 20.3 % 5.5 % 16.7 % 14.3 % (1) The following is a summary of the adjustments needed to reconcile our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial results to the adjusted, non-GAAP financial results: Noncontrolling interests – The impacts of consolidating noncontrolling interests in our alternative asset management funds are not included in our adjusted financial results. Other adjustments – The following items are not included in our adjusted financial results: (Amounts in thousands) Interest expense on long-term financing.......................................................................................................... Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ 9,628 $ Compensation from acquisition-related agreements....................................................................................... Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs.................................................................................. Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions................................................................................ Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements................................................................. 113,396 10,755 44,728 12,085 180,964 1,848 5,138 14,321 4,298 114 23,871 Total other adjustments................................................................................................................................... $ 190,592 $ 25,719 Net revenues on a U.S. GAAP basis increased 48.4 percent to $1.24 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared with $834.6 million in the prior-year period. For the year ended December 31, 2020, adjusted net revenues were $1.23 billion compared with $825.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The variance explanations for net revenues and adjusted net revenues are consistent on both a U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP basis unless stated otherwise. 38 Investment banking revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through advisory services activities, which includes mergers and acquisitions ("M&A"), equity and debt private placements, debt and restructuring advisory, and municipal financial advisory transactions. Collectively, equity and debt private placements and debt and restructuring advisory transactions are referred to as capital advisory transactions. Investment banking revenues also include equity and debt corporate financing activities and municipal financings. In 2020, investment banking revenues were $858.5 million, up 36.4 percent compared with $629.4 million in the prior- year period. For the year ended December 31, 2020, advisory services revenues were $443.3 million, compared with $440.7 million in 2019. Incremental revenues from the addition of Sandler O'Neill to our platform offset the decline in revenues from a market-wide decrease as M&A activity slowed appreciably during the second and third quarters of 2020 as uncertainty around COVID-19 put many engagements on hold. We saw a rebound in activity in the fourth quarter of 2020 from the trough we experienced during the third quarter, due, in part, to increased CEO confidence and more clarity on a post-pandemic outlook. For the year ended December 31, 2020, corporate financing revenues were a record $295.3 million, up significantly compared with $105.3 million in the prior-year period, due to more completed and book run equity deals, and the addition of Sandler O'Neill to our platform, which book ran 37 debt offerings for financial services companies. Following a substantial halt to capital raising activity in March, market conditions became favorable for capital raising during the second quarter of 2020 driven by a sharp rebound in valuations for equities of certain industry groups combined with lower volatility and low new issue interest rates in debt markets, and these dynamics continued through the remainder of the year. Activity for us during the year was principally in the healthcare sector, and we completed 96 healthcare equity deals. Additionally, activity in the first quarter of 2019 was impacted by the U.S. federal government shut-down. Municipal financing revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020 were a record $119.8 million, up 43.6 percent compared with $83.4 million in the year-ago period. Despite a rapid decline in the level of activity in March due to significant volatility in the fixed income markets, low interest rates combined with strong investor demand drove record market issuance volumes in 2020. During 2020, the issuance activity was focused within the governmental space. The par amount of our negotiated municipal issuances increased approximately 55 percent in 2020 compared to an increase of approximately 19 percent for the industry. The following table provides investment banking deal information: (Dollars in billions) Advisory services Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 M&A transactions.............................................................................................................. Capital advisory transactions.............................................................................................. Corporate financings Total equity transactions.................................................................................................... Book run equity transactions.............................................................................................. Total debt and preferred transactions................................................................................. Book run debt and preferred transactions........................................................................... 158 114 137 99 58 37 Municipal negotiated issues Aggregate par value........................................................................................................... Total issues......................................................................................................................... $ 19.1 $ 847 140 38 74 50 — — 12.3 572 Institutional brokerage revenues comprise all of the revenues generated through trading activities, which consist of facilitating customer trades, executing competitive municipal underwritings and our strategic trading activities in municipal bonds. Our results may vary from quarter to quarter as a result of changes in trading margins, trading gains and losses, net interest spreads, trading volumes, the timing of payments for research services and the timing of transactions based on market opportunities. 39 For the year ended December 31, 2020, institutional brokerage revenues increased to $357.8 million, compared with $167.9 million in the prior-year period. Equity brokerage revenues were $161.4 million in 2020, up 84.4 percent compared with $87.6 million in 2019, reflecting the successful integration of our platform with Weeden & Co. This combination has expanded our client base, execution expertise and product capabilities, which we leveraged to find liquidity for our clients during the year. Additionally, market-wide volumes and volatility were higher compared to 2019. In the first quarter of 2020, increased volatility market-wide drove significantly higher volumes as investors repositioned in response to market uncertainty and fund outflows. Volumes were also elevated in the fourth quarter of 2020 as clients repositioned before and after the 2020 U.S. presidential election, and market indices traded higher driven by optimism on COVID-19 vaccine results and an economic recovery. For the year ended December 31, 2020, fixed income services revenues were $196.3 million, up 144.4 percent compared with $80.3 million in the prior-year period, due to the addition of Sandler O'Neill to our platform, strong client activity and solid execution in conducive markets. We continue to provide strategic advice on repositioning balance sheets, maximizing yields and managing risk in this low interest rate environment within a market with ample liquidity. Additionally, in the first quarter of 2020, the historically volatile quarter and higher volumes in municipals drove client activity as we provided liquidity to municipal bond funds which saw significant outflows by identifying buyers who took advantage of meaningfully higher yields. This strong client activity was partially offset by trading losses in municipal securities due to the sharp and sudden market dislocation. Interest income represents amounts earned from holding long inventory positions. For the year ended December 31, 2020, interest income decreased 50.8 percent to $13.2 million, compared with $26.7 million in 2019, reflecting lower long inventory balances. We have focused on only carrying inventory where clients need liquidity within our areas of expertise. Investment income includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments, including amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests, in our merchant banking and energy funds, as well as management and performance fees generated from those funds. For the year ended December 31, 2020, investment income was $23.3 million, compared to $22.3 million in 2019. In 2020, we recorded lower gains on our investment and the noncontrolling interests in the merchant banking funds that we manage. Lower equity valuations and an uncertain and challenging operating environment for some of our portfolio companies drove fair value adjustments in our merchant banking portfolio in the first half of 2020. These declines were more than offset by higher gains on our other firm investments. Excluding the impact of noncontrolling interests, adjusted investment income was $10.4 million in 2020 and $11.5 million in 2019. Interest expense represents amounts associated with financing, economically hedging and holding short inventory positions, including interest paid on our long-term financing arrangements, as well as commitment fees on our line of credit and revolving credit facility. For the year ended December 31, 2020, interest expense increased to $14.4 million, compared with $11.7 million in the prior-year period. In 2020, we recorded incremental interest expense on our long-term financing arrangements, which consist of the $175 million of fixed rate senior notes we issued on October 15, 2019, and $20 million of unsecured promissory notes we entered into on April 3, 2020 to fund a portion of the Valence purchase price. The increase was partially offset by a decline in interest expense resulting from lower average short inventory balances. Excluding the impact of interest expense on long-term financing, adjusted interest expense was $4.8 million and $9.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The $20 million of unsecured promissory notes were repaid in early 2021, which will decrease interest expense on long-term financing. Pre-tax margin for 2020 was 5.5 percent, down compared with 14.3 percent for 2019 due to the increased compensation ratio resulting from higher acquisition-related compensation expense. Adjusted pre-tax margin increased to 20.3 percent in 2020, compared with 16.7 percent in 2019. Adjusted pre-tax margin increased driven by the increased scale of our platform, the successful integration of the Sandler O'Neill and Weeden & Co. acquisitions, and significantly lower marketing and business development expenses due to reduced travel and entertainment costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic. 40 The following table sets forth the adjusted, non-GAAP financial results and adjustments necessary to reconcile to our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial results for the periods presented: Year Ended December 31, 2019 Adjustments (1) 2018 Adjustments (1) Total Adjusted Noncontrolling Interests Other Adjustments U.S. GAAP Total Adjusted Noncontrolling Interests Other Adjustments U.S. GAAP (Amounts in thousands) Investment banking Advisory services........... $ 440,695 $ — $ — $ 440,695 $ 394,133 $ — $ — $ 394,133 Corporate financing........ Municipal financing....... 105,256 83,441 Total investment banking... 629,392 Institutional brokerage: Equity brokerage............ 87,555 Fixed income services.... 80,336 Total institutional brokerage........................ 167,891 Interest income.................. Investment income............. 26,741 11,506 — — — — — — — 10,769 — — — — — 105,256 123,072 83,441 71,773 629,392 588,978 87,555 77,110 80,336 47,628 — 167,891 124,738 — — 26,741 32,749 22,275 7,418 Total revenues................... 835,530 10,769 — 846,299 753,883 — — — — — — — 3,621 3,621 — — — 123,072 71,773 588,978 — — 77,110 47,628 — 124,738 — — 32,749 11,039 — 757,504 Interest expense................. 9,885 — 1,848 11,733 11,649 — 4,902 16,551 Net revenues...................... 825,645 10,769 (1,848) 834,566 742,234 3,621 (4,902) 740,953 Non-interest expenses........ 687,410 4,306 23,871 715,587 628,850 4,827 34,787 668,464 Pre-tax income................... $ 138,235 $ 6,463 $ (25,719) $ 118,979 $ 113,384 $ (1,206) $ (39,689) $ 72,489 Pre-tax margin................... 16.7 % 14.3 % 15.3 % 9.8 % (1) The following is a summary of the adjustments needed to reconcile our consolidated U.S. GAAP financial results to the adjusted, non-GAAP financial results: Noncontrolling interests – The impacts of consolidating noncontrolling interests in our alternative asset management funds are not included in our adjusted financial results. Other adjustments – The following items are not included in our adjusted financial results: (Amounts in thousands) Interest expense on long-term financing................................................................................................ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 1,848 $ Compensation from acquisition-related agreements............................................................................. Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs........................................................................ Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions...................................................................... Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements....................................................... 5,138 14,321 4,298 114 23,871 4,902 29,246 — 4,858 683 34,787 Total other adjustments.......................................................................................................................... $ 25,719 $ 39,689 Discussion of the year-over-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 can be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, filed with the SEC on February 28, 2020. 41 Discontinued Operations Discontinued operations includes our traditional asset management subsidiary, ARI, which we sold in the third quarter of 2019. ARI's results, previously reported in our Asset Management segment, have been presented as discontinued operations for all prior periods presented. The components of discontinued operations were as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Net revenues..................................................................................................................... Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 26,546 $ 43,489 Operating expenses....................................................................................................... Intangible asset amortization and impairment (1)......................................................... Restructuring costs........................................................................................................ Total non-interest expenses.............................................................................................. 22,589 5,465 10,268 38,322 Income/(loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense/(benefit)......... (11,776) Income tax expense/(benefit)........................................................................................ (2,522) Net income/(loss) from discontinued operations before gain on sales............................ (9,254) Gain on sales, net of tax................................................................................................... 33,026 35,227 5,602 272 41,101 2,388 1,001 1,387 — Income from discontinued operations, net of tax............................................................. $ 23,772 $ 1,387 (1) Includes $2.9 million of intangible asset impairment related to the ARI trade name for the year ended December 31, 2019. Restructuring costs of $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily relate to transaction costs and payments associated with the sale of the business. See Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for further discussion of our discontinued operations. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, and are incorporated herein by reference. Critical Accounting Policies Our accounting and reporting policies comply with U.S. GAAP and conform to practices within the securities industry. The preparation of financial statements in compliance with U.S. GAAP and industry practices requires us to make estimates and assumptions that could materially affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies that we believe to be the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require us to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by us to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical, including whether the estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information (e.g., third party or independent sources), the sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be used under U.S. GAAP. For a full description of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following are our critical accounting policies. 42 Valuation of Financial Instruments Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned, financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, and certain of our investments recorded in investments on our consolidated statements of financial condition consist of financial instruments recorded at fair value, as required by accounting guidance. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected on our consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Based on the nature of our business and our role as a "dealer" in the securities industry or as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of our financial instruments are determined internally. See Note 2 and Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on the valuation of our financial instruments and our fair value processes, including specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of our financial instruments. Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement," establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level I measurements) and the lowest priority to inputs with little or no pricing observability (Level III measurements). Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy. Goodwill and Intangible Assets We record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions, including goodwill and other intangible assets, at fair value. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired requires certain management estimates. At December 31, 2020, we had goodwill of $227.5 million and intangible assets of $149.9 million. We are required to perform impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets annually and on an interim basis when circumstances exist that could indicate possible impairment. We have elected to test goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each calendar year. We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after making an assessment, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then further analysis is unnecessary. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform a quantitative goodwill test, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The quantitative goodwill test compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including allocated goodwill. An impairment is recognized for the excess amount of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. See Notes 2 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on our impairment testing. The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and the subsequent quantitative impairment analysis involves significant judgment in determining the estimates of future cash flows, discount rates, economic forecast and other assumptions which are then used in acceptable valuation techniques, such as the market approach (earnings and/or transaction multiples) and/or the income approach (discounted cash flow method). Changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value and any resulting impairment of goodwill. Our estimated cash flows, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended time period. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces and changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures, technology and market conditions. To assess the reasonableness of cash flow estimates and validate assumptions used in our estimates, we review historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets. In assessing the fair value of our reporting unit, the volatile nature of the securities markets and our industry requires us to consider the business and market cycle and assess the stage of the cycle in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. In addition to discounted cash flows, we consider earnings multiples of comparable public companies and multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions transactions of similar businesses in our subsequent impairment analysis. 43 We elected to perform a qualitative assessment to test goodwill in our capital markets reporting unit for impairment. The following relevant events and circumstances were evaluated in concluding that it was not more likely than not that this goodwill was impaired: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations and the overall financial performance of the capital markets reporting unit. Our annual goodwill impairment testing, performed as of October 31, 2020, resulted in no impairment. We also evaluated our intangible assets (indefinite and definite-lived) and concluded there was no impairment in 2020. Compensation Plans Stock-Based Compensation Plans As part of our compensation to employees and directors, we use stock-based compensation, consisting of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. We account for equity awards in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation–Stock Compensation," ("ASC 718"), which requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value. Compensation expense related to share-based awards which require future service are amortized over the service period of the award. Forfeitures of awards with service conditions are accounted for when they occur. Share-based awards that do not require future service are recognized in the year in which the awards are deemed to be earned. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information about our stock-based compensation plans. Income Taxes We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, which includes all of our qualifying subsidiaries. We also are subject to income tax in various states and municipalities and those foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Amounts provided for income taxes are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and for tax loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in reporting certain items, principally restricted compensation (i.e., restricted stock, restricted stock units, restricted mutual fund shares, and deferred compensation). The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that any portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We believe that our future taxable profits will be sufficient to recognize our U.S. deferred tax assets. However, if our projections of future taxable profits do not materialize, we may conclude that a valuation allowance is necessary, which would impact our results of operations in that period. As of December 31, 2020, we have recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $4.9 million related to net operating loss carryforwards in the U.K. for Piper Sandler Ltd. We record deferred tax benefits for future tax deductions expected upon the vesting of stock-based compensation. We recognize the income tax effects of stock-based compensation awards in the income statement when the awards vest. If deductions reported on our tax return for stock-based compensation (i.e., the value of the stock-based compensation at the time of vesting) exceed the cumulative cost of those instruments recognized for financial reporting (i.e., the grant date fair value of the compensation computed in accordance with ASC 718), we record the excess tax benefit as income tax benefit. Conversely, if deductions reported on our tax return for stock-based compensation are less than the cumulative cost of those instruments recognized for financial reporting, the deficiency is recorded as income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded a $0.3 million tax benefit from continuing operations for stock awards vesting during the period. In the first quarter of 2021, approximately 757,000 shares vested at share prices greater than the grant date fair values, resulting in $1.7 million of excess tax benefits recorded as income tax benefit in the first quarter of 2021. 44 We establish reserves for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, "Income Taxes," when it is not more likely than not that a certain position or component of a position will be ultimately upheld by the relevant taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions. Our tax provision and related accruals include the impact of estimates for uncertain tax positions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate. To the extent the probable tax outcome of these matters changes, such change in estimate will impact the income tax provision in the period of change and, in turn, our results of operations. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a $4.1 million liability for uncertain income tax positions related to our acquisition of Weeden & Co. In the third quarter of 2020, we recorded the reversal of $3.2 million related to this liability. These amounts were recorded as measurement period adjustments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, "Business Combinations," and include a corresponding indemnification asset. We also paid a settlement of $0.9 million, for which we were indemnified. Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources Liquidity is of critical importance to us given the nature of our business. Insufficient liquidity resulting from adverse circumstances contributes to, and may be the cause of, financial institution failure. Accordingly, we regularly monitor our liquidity position and maintain a liquidity strategy designed to enable our business to continue to operate even under adverse circumstances, although there can be no assurance that our strategy will be successful under all circumstances. The majority of our tangible assets consist of assets readily convertible into cash. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned are stated at fair value and are generally readily marketable in most market conditions. Receivables and payables with brokers, dealers and clearing organizations usually settle within a few days. As part of our liquidity strategy, we emphasize diversification of funding sources to the extent possible while considering tenor and cost. Our assets are financed by our cash flows from operations, equity capital, and our funding arrangements. The fluctuations in cash flows from financing activities are directly related to daily operating activities from our various businesses. One of our most important risk management disciplines is our ability to manage the size and composition of our balance sheet. While our asset base changes due to client activity, market fluctuations and business opportunities, the size and composition of our balance sheet reflect our overall risk tolerance, our ability to access stable funding sources and the amount of equity capital we hold. Certain market conditions can impact the liquidity of our inventory positions, requiring us to hold larger inventory positions for longer than expected or requiring us to take other actions that may adversely impact our results. A significant component of our employees' compensation is paid in annual discretionary incentive compensation. The timing of these incentive compensation payments, which generally are made in February, has a significant impact on our cash position and liquidity. Our capital and liquidity positions are strong, our leverage is low, and our risk posture remains conservative. We believe that our priorities for capital deployment remain aligned with our shareholders' interests. Our dividend policy is intended to return between 30 percent and 50 percent of our adjusted net income from the previous fiscal year to shareholders. This includes the payment of a quarterly and an annual special cash dividend, payable in the first quarter of each year. Our board of directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on an annual and quarterly basis, and is free to change our dividend policy at any time. 45 Our board of directors declared the following dividends on shares of our common stock: Declaration Date February 1, 2018 (1).................. February 1, 2018........................ April 27, 2018............................ July 27, 2018.............................. October 26, 2018........................ February 1, 2019 (1).................. February 1, 2019........................ April 26, 2019............................ July 26, 2019.............................. October 30, 2019........................ January 31, 2020 (1).................. January 31, 2020........................ May 1, 2020............................... July 31, 2020.............................. October 30, 2020........................ February 4, 2021 (1).................. February 4, 2021........................ (1) Represents the annual special cash dividend based on our results from the previous fiscal year. Dividend Per Share 1.620 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 1.010 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.750 0.375 0.200 0.300 0.375 1.850 0.400 Record Date February 26, 2018 February 26, 2018 May 25, 2018 August 24, 2018 November 28, 2018 February 25, 2019 February 25, 2019 May 24, 2019 August 23, 2019 November 22, 2019 March 2, 2020 March 2, 2020 May 29, 2020 August 28, 2020 November 24, 2020 March 3, 2021 March 3, 2021 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Payment Date March 15, 2018 March 15, 2018 June 15, 2018 September 14, 2018 December 14, 2018 March 15, 2019 March 15, 2019 June 14, 2019 September 13, 2019 December 13, 2019 March 13, 2020 March 13, 2020 June 12, 2020 September 11, 2020 December 11, 2020 March 12, 2021 March 12, 2021 Our board of directors has declared a special cash dividend on our common stock of $1.85 per share related to 2020 adjusted net income. This special dividend will be paid on March 12, 2021, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 3, 2021. Including this special cash dividend and the regular quarterly dividends totaling $1.25 per share paid during 2020, we will have returned $3.10 per share, or approximately 31 percent of our fiscal year 2020 adjusted net income to shareholders. Effective January 1, 2020, our board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150.0 million in common shares through December 31, 2021. In 2020, we repurchased 188,319 shares of our common stock at an average price of $69.72 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $13.1 million related to this authorization. At December 31, 2020, we had $136.9 million remaining under this authorization. We also purchase shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting or as recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. During 2020, we purchased 105,193 shares or $8.8 million of our common stock for these purposes. Cash Flows Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 were $507.9 million, an increase of $257.9 million from December 31, 2019. Operating activities provided $779.8 million of cash, driven by cash generated from earnings and a reduction in operating assets. The decrease in operating assets resulted from a $203.8 million decline in net financial instruments and other inventory positions owned as we have focused on only carrying inventory where clients need liquidity within our areas of expertise, as well as a $254.3 million decrease in receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. The increase in operating liabilities was primarily due to an increase in accrued compensation of $132.8 million, the result of higher compensation costs in 2020 from increased revenues and incremental headcount from our recent acquisitions. In 2020, investing activities used $435.0 million, of which $417.4 million was used for the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill, Valence and TRS. We also used $17.6 million for the purchase of fixed assets. Cash of $87.6 million was used in financing activities as we reduced amounts due under our short-term financing by $50.0 million. We repaid the amount outstanding under our commercial paper program in full upon maturity in the fourth quarter of 2020. We also paid $28.2 million in dividends and repurchased $22.0 million of common stock during 2020. 46 Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2019 were $250.0 million, an increase of $199.7 million from December 31, 2018. Operating activities provided $67.8 million of cash, primarily due to cash generated from earnings. Our net income of $118.2 million in 2019 included a $33.0 million non-cash gain on the sale of ARI. The increase in operating assets was driven by a $46.2 million increase in our receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. The decrease in operating liabilities was due to a decrease in accrued compensation of $29.3 million resulting from the payment of the Simmons performance award plan in the third quarter of 2019. In 2019, investing activities provided $26.7 million, primarily due to proceeds from the sale of ARI. This increase was partially offset by the use of $19.7 million for the acquisition of Weeden & Co. and $6.5 million for the purchase of fixed assets. Cash of $104.7 million was provided through financing activities as we issued $175.0 million of fixed rate senior notes on October 15, 2019. The repurchase of $50.6 million of common stock and dividend payments of $35.6 million partially offset this increase. Leverage The following table presents total assets, adjusted assets, total shareholders' equity and tangible shareholders' equity with the resulting leverage ratios: (Dollars in thousands) Total assets.................................................................................................................. Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets...................................................................... Deduct: Right-of-use lease asset................................................................................. Deduct: Assets from noncontrolling interests............................................................. Adjusted assets............................................................................................................ December 31, 2020 1,997,140 (377,366) (82,543) (97,375) 1,439,856 $ $ December 31, 2019 1,628,719 (104,335) (40,030) (76,516) 1,407,838 $ $ Total shareholders' equity........................................................................................... Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets...................................................................... Deduct: Noncontrolling interests................................................................................ Tangible common shareholders' equity...................................................................... $ $ 926,082 (377,366) (96,657) 452,059 $ $ 806,528 (104,335) (75,245) 626,948 Leverage ratio (1)........................................................................................................ Adjusted leverage ratio (2)......................................................................................... (1) Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total shareholders' equity. (2) Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by tangible common shareholders' equity. 2.2 3.2 2.0 2.2 Adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders' equity are non-GAAP financial measures. Goodwill and intangible assets are subtracted from total assets and total shareholders' equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders' equity, respectively, as we believe that goodwill and intangible assets do not constitute operating assets that can be deployed in a liquid manner. The right-of-use lease asset is also subtracted from total assets in determining adjusted assets as it is not an operating asset that can be deployed in a liquid manner. Amounts attributed to noncontrolling interests are subtracted from total assets and total shareholders' equity in determining adjusted assets and tangible common shareholders' equity, respectively, as they represent assets and equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Sandler Companies. We view the resulting measure of adjusted leverage, also a non-GAAP financial measure, as a more relevant measure of financial risk when comparing financial services companies. Our adjusted leverage ratio increased from December 31, 2019 primarily due to the goodwill and intangible assets related to our acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill, Valence and TRS. 47 Funding and Capital Resources The primary goal of our funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market conditions. Given the mix of our business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of short-term and long-term financing. We attempt to ensure that the tenor of our borrowing liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Our ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of our ability to obtain funding from external sources. Access to these external sources, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including market conditions, the general availability of credit and credit ratings. We currently do not have a credit rating, which could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position by increasing our financing costs and limiting access to sources of liquidity that require a credit rating as a condition to providing the funds. Our day-to-day funding and liquidity is obtained primarily through the use of our clearing arrangement with Pershing, commercial paper issuance, a prime broker agreement and a bank line of credit, and is typically collateralized by our securities inventory. These funding sources are critical to our ability to finance and hold inventory, which is a necessary part of our institutional brokerage business. The majority of our inventory is liquid and is therefore funded by short-term facilities. Certain of these short-term facilities (i.e., committed line and commercial paper) have been established to mitigate changes in the liquidity of our inventory based on changing market conditions. In the case of our committed line, it is available to us regardless of changes in market liquidity conditions through the end of its term, although there may be limitations on the type of securities available to pledge. Our commercial paper program helps mitigate changes in market liquidity conditions given it is not an overnight facility, but provides funding with a term of 27 to 270 days. Our funding sources are also dependent on the types of inventory that our counterparties are willing to accept as collateral and the number of counterparties available. Funding is generally obtained at rates based upon the federal funds rate or LIBOR. Pershing Clearing Arrangement – We have established an arrangement to obtain financing from Pershing related to the majority of our trading activities. Under our fully disclosed clearing agreement, the majority of our securities inventories and all of our customer activities are held by or cleared through Pershing. Financing under this arrangement is secured primarily by securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. Our clearing arrangement activities are recorded net from trading activity and reported within receivables from or payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. The funding is at the discretion of Pershing (i.e., uncommitted) and could be denied without a notice period. Our fully disclosed clearing agreement includes a covenant requiring Piper Sandler & Co., our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary, to maintain excess net capital of $120 million. At December 31, 2020, we had $0.1 million of financing outstanding under this arrangement. Commercial Paper Program – Piper Sandler & Co. issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. This commercial paper is currently issued under the CP Series II A program, and is secured by different inventory classes, which is reflected in the interest rate paid. The program can issue commercial paper with maturities of 27 to 270 days and the maximum amount that may be issued is $200 million. CP Series II A includes a covenant that requires Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain excess net capital of $100 million. At December 31, 2020, the CP Series II A program had no outstanding balance. We retired the CP Series A program on January 2, 2020. Prime Broker Arrangement – We have established an overnight financing arrangement with a broker dealer related to our convertible securities inventories. Financing under this arrangement is secured primarily by convertible securities and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available. The funding is at the discretion of the prime broker and could be denied subject to a notice period. This arrangement is reported within receivables from or payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, net of trading activity. At December 31, 2020, we had $106.3 million of financing outstanding under this prime broker arrangement. Committed Line – We elected to decrease our committed line from $125 million to $100 million in the fourth quarter of 2020. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under the facility will be due on December 10, 2021. This credit facility has been in place since 2008 and we renewed the facility for another one-year term in the fourth quarter of 2020. At December 31, 2020, we had no advances against this line of credit. 48 Revolving Credit Facility – Our parent company, Piper Sandler Companies, has an unsecured $50 million revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank N.A. The credit agreement will terminate on December 20, 2022, unless otherwise terminated, and is subject to a one-year extension exercisable at our option. At December 31, 2020, there were no advances against this credit facility. In January 2021, we increased our revolving credit facility from $50 million to $65 million. This credit facility includes customary events of default and covenants that, among other things, requires Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital of $120 million, limits our leverage ratio, requires maintenance of a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges, and imposes certain limitations on our ability to make acquisitions and make payments on our capital stock. At December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants. The following tables present the average balances outstanding for our various funding sources by quarter for 2020 and 2019: (Amounts in millions) Funding source: Pershing clearing arrangement........................... Commercial paper............................................... Prime broker arrangement.................................. Revolving credit facility..................................... Total................................................................. Average Balance for the Three Months Ended Dec. 31, 2020 Sept. 30, 2020 June 30, 2020 Mar. 31, 2020 $ $ 16.1 11.4 97.5 4.9 129.9 $ $ 3.3 50.0 90.2 29.3 172.8 $ $ 17.7 50.0 81.9 50.0 199.6 $ $ 117.8 50.0 72.3 7.1 247.2 (Amounts in millions) Funding source: Pershing clearing arrangement........................... Commercial paper............................................... Prime broker arrangement.................................. Total................................................................. Average Balance for the Three Months Ended Dec. 31, 2019 Sept. 30, 2019 June 30, 2019 Mar. 31, 2019 $ $ 22.9 50.0 99.7 172.6 $ $ 94.6 50.0 68.0 212.6 $ $ 170.2 50.0 77.1 297.3 $ $ 82.1 50.0 106.4 238.5 The average funding in the fourth quarter of 2020 decreased to $129.9 million, compared with $172.8 million during the third quarter of 2020 and $172.6 million during the fourth quarter of 2019. Cash from operations allowed us to reduce financing balances throughout 2020. We repaid the $50 million outstanding under our CP Series II A program in full upon maturity in October 2020. Also, early in the fourth quarter of 2020, we repaid the $25 million of advances against our revolving credit facility. The following table presents the maximum daily funding amount by quarter for 2020 and 2019: (Amounts in millions) First quarter......................................................................................................................... Second quarter.................................................................................................................... Third quarter....................................................................................................................... Fourth quarter..................................................................................................................... $ $ $ $ 2020 2019 642.1 378.3 401.7 482.3 $ $ $ $ 362.7 427.1 416.0 330.7 49 Long-Term Financing Senior Notes – On October 15, 2019, we entered into a note purchase agreement ("Note Purchase Agreement") under which we issued unsecured fixed rate senior notes ("Notes") in the amount of $175 million. The initial holders of the Notes are certain entities advised by Pacific Investment Management Company ("PIMCO"). The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $125 million, respectively. The Class A Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 4.74 percent and mature on October 15, 2021. The Class B Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.20 percent and mature on October 15, 2023. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on the respective maturity dates and may not be prepaid. The Note Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default and covenants that, among other things, requires Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital, limits our leverage ratio and requires maintenance of a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges. At December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants. Valence Notes – On April 3, 2020, we entered into unsecured promissory notes as part of the acquisition of Valence totaling $20 million (the "Valence Notes"). The Valence Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.0 percent and mature on October 15, 2021. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The Valence Notes were repaid in early 2021. Capital Requirements As a registered broker dealer and member firm of FINRA, Piper Sandler & Co. is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. We have elected to use the alternative method permitted by the uniform net capital rule which requires that we maintain minimum net capital of $1.0 million. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated liabilities, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals are subject to certain approvals, notifications and other provisions of the uniform net capital rules. We expect that these provisions will not impact our ability to meet current and future obligations. At December 31, 2020, our net capital under the SEC's uniform net capital rule was $212.9 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $211.9 million. Although we operate with a level of net capital substantially greater than the minimum thresholds established by FINRA and the SEC, a substantial reduction of our capital would curtail many of our capital markets revenue producing activities. Our committed short-term credit facility, revolving credit facility and senior notes with PIMCO include covenants requiring Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital of $120 million. Secured commercial paper issued under CP Series II A includes a covenant that requires Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain excess net capital of $100 million. Our fully disclosed clearing agreement with Pershing also includes a covenant requiring Piper Sandler & Co. to maintain excess net capital of $120 million. At December 31, 2020, Piper Sandler Ltd., our broker dealer subsidiary registered in the U.K., was subject to, and was in compliance with, the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority pursuant to the Financial Services Act of 2012. Piper Sandler Hong Kong Limited is licensed by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, which is subject to the liquid capital requirements of the Securities and Futures (Financial Resources) Rule promulgated under the Securities and Futures Ordinance. At December 31, 2020, Piper Sandler Hong Kong Limited was in compliance with the liquid capital requirements of the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission. 50 Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the ordinary course of business we enter into various types of off-balance sheet arrangements. The following table summarizes the notional contract value of our off-balance sheet arrangements for the periods presented: (Amounts in thousands) 2021 2022 2023 2024 - 2025 2026 - 2027 Later Expiration Per Period at December 31, Total Contractual Amount December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Customer matched-book derivative contracts (1) (2)..... $ 3,510 $ 18,680 $ 88,660 $ 41,810 $ 21,491 $ 1,780,980 $ 1,955,131 $ 2,197,340 Trading securities derivative contracts (2)............................ Investment commitments (3).... 46,000 — — — — — — — — — 9,375 — 55,375 66,043 110,875 70,953 (1) Consists of interest rate swaps. We have minimal market risk related to these matched-book derivative contracts; however, we do have counterparty risk with one major financial institution, which is mitigated by collateral deposits. In addition, we have a limited number of counterparties (contractual amount of $161.3 million at December 31, 2020) who are not required to post collateral. The uncollateralized amounts, representing the fair value of the derivative contracts, expose us to the credit risk of these counterparties. At December 31, 2020, we had $24.0 million of credit exposure with these counterparties, including $20.2 million of credit exposure with one counterparty. (2) We believe the fair value of these derivative contracts is a more relevant measure of the obligations because we believe the notional or contract amount overstates the expected payout. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net fair value of these derivative contracts approximated $18.1 million and $16.3 million, respectively. (3) The investment commitments have no specified call dates. The timing of capital calls is based on market conditions and investment opportunities. Derivatives Derivatives' notional or contract amounts are not reflected as assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial condition. Rather, the fair value of the derivative transactions are reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition as assets or liabilities in financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, as applicable. For a discussion of our activities related to derivative products, see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Investment Commitments We have investments, including those made as part of our merchant banking activities, in various limited partnerships or limited liability companies that make direct or indirect equity or debt investments in companies. We commit capital and/or act as the managing partner of these entities. We have committed capital of $66.0 million to certain entities and these commitments generally have no specified call dates. For additional information on our activities related to these types of entities, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Replacement of Interbank Offered Rates ("IBORs"), including LIBOR Central banks and regulators in a number of major jurisdictions (e.g., U.S., U.K., European Union, Switzerland and Japan) have convened working groups to find, and implement the transition to, suitable replacements for IBORs. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it will not compel panel banks to contribute to LIBOR after 2021. A recent plan would extend the publication of certain USD LIBOR tenors until June 30, 2023, which would allow most legacy USD LIBOR contracts to mature before LIBOR experiences disruptions. We have a limited number of contractual agreements which use LIBOR. We do not expect the transition from LIBOR to a replacement rate to have a significant impact on our operations. 51 Risk Management Risk is an inherent part of our business. The principal risks we face in operating our business include: strategic risk, market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk, operational risk, human capital risk, and legal and regulatory risks. The extent to which we properly identify and effectively manage each of these risks is critical to our financial condition and profitability. We have a formal risk management process to identify, assess and monitor each risk and mitigating controls in accordance with defined policies and procedures. The risk management functions are independent of our business lines. Our management takes an active role in the risk management process, and the results are reported to senior management and the board of directors. The audit committee of the board of directors oversees management's processes for identifying and evaluating our major risks, and the policies, procedures and practices employed by management to govern its risk assessment and risk management processes. The nominating and governance committee of the board of directors oversees the board of directors' committee structures and functions as they relate to the various committees' responsibilities with respect to oversight of our major risk exposures. With respect to these major risk exposures, the audit committee is responsible for overseeing management's monitoring and control of our major risk exposures relating to market risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, legal and regulatory risks, operational risk (including cybersecurity), and human capital risk relating to misconduct, fraud, and legal and compliance matters. Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing management's monitoring and control of our major risk exposures relating to compensation, organizational structure, and succession. Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing management's monitoring and control of our major risk exposures related to our corporate strategy. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer meet with the audit committee on a quarterly basis to discuss our market, liquidity, and legal and regulatory risks, and provide updates to the board of directors, audit committee, and compensation committee concerning the other major risk exposures on a regular basis. We use internal committees to assist in governing risk and ensure that our business activities are properly assessed, monitored and managed. Our executive financial risk committee manages our market, liquidity and credit risks; oversees risk management practices related to these risks, including defining acceptable risk tolerances and approving risk management policies; and responds to market changes in a dynamic manner. Membership is comprised of senior leadership, including but not limited to, our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Head of Market and Credit Risk, and Head of Fixed Income Trading and Risk. Other committees that help evaluate and monitor risk include underwriting, leadership team and operating committees. These committees help manage risk by ensuring that business activities are properly managed and within a defined scope of activity. Our valuation committee, comprised of members of senior management and risk management, provide oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements. Additionally, our operational risk committees address and monitor risk related to information systems and security, legal, regulatory and compliance matters, and third parties such as vendors and service providers. With respect to market risk and credit risk, the cornerstone of our risk management process is daily communication among traders, trading department management and senior management concerning our inventory positions and overall risk profile. Our risk management functions supplement this communication process by providing their independent perspectives on our market and credit risk profile on a daily basis. The broader objectives of our risk management functions are to understand the risk profile of each trading area, to consolidate risk monitoring company-wide, to assist in implementing effective hedging strategies, to articulate large trading or position risks to senior management, and to ensure accurate fair values of our financial instruments. Risk management techniques, processes and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, and any risk management failures could expose us to material unanticipated losses. 52 Strategic Risk Strategic risk represents the risk associated with executive management failing to develop and execute on the appropriate strategic vision which demonstrates a commitment to our culture, leverages our core competencies, appropriately responds to external factors in the marketplace, and is in the best interests of our clients, employees and shareholders. Our leadership team is responsible for managing our strategic risks. The board of directors oversees the leadership team in setting and executing our strategic plan. Market Risk Market risk represents the risk of losses, or financial volatility, that may result from the change in value of a financial instrument due to fluctuations in its market price. Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as a financial intermediary for our clients and to our market-making activities. The scope of our market risk management policies and procedures includes all market-sensitive cash and derivative financial instruments. Our different types of market risk include: Interest Rate Risk — Interest rate risk represents the potential volatility from changes in market interest rates. We are exposed to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield curve, changes in credit spreads, and the rate of prepayments on our interest-earning assets (e.g., inventories) and our funding sources (e.g., short-term financing) which finance these assets. Interest rate risk is managed by selling short U.S. government securities, agency securities, corporate debt securities and derivative contracts. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information on our derivative contracts. Our interest rate hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating interest rate risk. Also, we establish limits on our long fixed income securities inventory, monitor these limits on a daily basis and manage within those limits. Our limits include but are not limited to the following: position and concentration size, dollar duration (i.e., DV01), credit quality and aging. We estimate that a parallel 50 basis point adverse change in the market would result in a decrease of approximately $0.8 million in the carrying value of our fixed income securities inventory as of December 31, 2020, including the effect of the hedging transactions. We also measure and monitor the aging and turnover of our long fixed income securities inventory. Turnover is evaluated based on a five-day average by category of security. The vast majority of our fixed income securities inventory generally turns over within three weeks. In addition to the measures discussed above, we monitor and manage market risk exposure through evaluation of spread DV01 and the MMD basis risk for municipal securities to movements in U.S. treasury securities. All metrics are aggregated by asset concentration and are used for monitoring limits and exception approvals. In times of market volatility, we may also perform ad hoc stress tests and scenario analysis as market conditions dictate. Equity Price Risk — Equity price risk represents the potential loss in value due to adverse changes in the level or volatility of equity prices. We are exposed to equity price risk through our trading activities primarily in the U.S. market. We attempt to reduce the risk of loss inherent in our market-making and in our inventory of equity securities by establishing limits on our long inventory, monitoring these limits on a daily basis, and by managing net position levels within those limits. Foreign Exchange Risk — Foreign exchange risk represents the potential volatility to earnings or capital arising from movement in foreign exchange rates. A modest portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. 53 Liquidity Risk Liquidity risk is the risk that we are unable to timely access necessary funding sources in order to operate our business, as well as the risk that we are unable to timely divest securities that we hold in connection with our market-making and sales and trading activities. We are exposed to liquidity risk in our day-to-day funding activities, by holding potentially illiquid inventory positions and in our role as a remarketing agent for variable rate demand notes. Our inventory positions subject us to potential financial losses from the reduction in value of illiquid positions. Market risk can be exacerbated in times of trading illiquidity when market participants refrain from transacting in normal quantities and/or at normal bid-offer spreads. Depending on the specific security, the structure of the financial product, and/or overall market conditions, we may be forced to hold a security for substantially longer than we had planned or forced to liquidate into a challenging market if funding becomes unavailable. See the section entitled "Liquidity, Funding and Capital Resources" for information regarding our liquidity and how we manage liquidity risk. Credit Risk Credit risk refers to the potential for loss due to the default or deterioration in credit quality of a counterparty, customer, borrower or issuer of securities we hold in our trading inventory. The nature and amount of credit risk depends on the type of transaction, the structure and duration of that transaction and the parties involved. Credit risk also results from an obligor's failure to meet the terms of any contract with us or otherwise fail to perform as agreed. This may be reflected through issues such as settlement obligations or payment collections. A key tenet of our risk management procedures related to credit risk is the daily monitoring of the credit quality of our long fixed income securities inventory. These rating trends and the credit quality mix are regularly reviewed with the executive financial risk committee. The following table summarizes the credit rating for our long corporate fixed income, municipal (taxable and tax-exempt), and U.S. government and agency securities as a percentage of the total of these asset classes: Corporate fixed income securities............ Municipal securities - taxable and tax-exempt............................................... U.S. government and agency securities.... AAA — % 9.5 % — % 9.5 % AA 0.2 % 27.3 % 57.7 % 85.2 % A — % BBB 0.1 % 4.0 % — % 4.0 % 0.7 % — % 0.8 % BB Not Rated 0.6 % — % — % 0.6 % — % — % — % — % Convertible and preferred securities are excluded from the table above as they are typically unrated and the nature of the strategy is low risk. Our different types of credit risk include: Credit Spread Risk — Credit spread risk arises from the possibility that changes in credit spreads will affect the value of financial instruments. Credit spreads represent the credit risk premiums required by market participants for a given credit quality (e.g., the additional yield that a debt instrument issued by a AA-rated entity must produce over a risk-free alternative). Changes in credit spreads result from potential changes in an issuer's credit rating or the market's perception of the issuer's credit worthiness. We are exposed to credit spread risk with the debt instruments held in our trading inventory. We enter into transactions to hedge our exposure to credit spread risk with derivatives and certain other financial instruments. These hedging strategies may not work in all market environments and as a result may not be effective in mitigating credit spread risk. 54 Deterioration/Default Risk — Deterioration/default risk represents the risk due to an issuer, counterparty or borrower failing to fulfill its obligations. We are exposed to deterioration/default risk in our role as a trading counterparty to dealers and customers, as a holder of securities, and as a member of exchanges. The risk of default depends on the creditworthiness of the counterparty and/or issuer of the security. We mitigate this risk by establishing and monitoring individual and aggregate position limits for each counterparty relative to potential levels of activity, holding and marking to market collateral on certain transactions. Our risk management functions also evaluate the potential risk associated with institutional counterparties with whom we hold derivatives, TBAs and other documented institutional counterparty agreements that may give rise to credit exposure. Collections Risk — Collections risk arises from ineffective management and monitoring of collecting outstanding debts and obligations, including those related to our customer trading activities. Our client activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various transactions. Client activities are transacted on a delivery versus payment, cash or margin basis. Our credit exposure to institutional client business is mitigated by the use of industry-standard delivery versus payment through depositories and clearing banks. Our risk management functions have credit risk policies establishing appropriate credit limits and collateralization thresholds for customers and counterparties. Concentration Risk — Concentration risk is the risk due to concentrated exposure to a particular product; individual issuer, borrower or counterparty; financial instrument; or geographic area. We are subject to concentration risk if we hold large individual securities positions, execute large transactions with individual counterparties or groups of related counterparties, or make substantial underwriting commitments. Potential concentration risk is monitored through review of counterparties and borrowers and is managed using policies and limits established by senior management. We have concentrated counterparty credit exposure with four non-publicly rated entities totaling $24.0 million at December 31, 2020. This counterparty credit exposure is part of our matched-book derivative program related to our public finance business, consisting primarily of interest rate swaps. One derivative counterparty represented 84.0 percent, or $20.2 million, of this exposure. Credit exposure associated with our derivative counterparties is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts and is monitored regularly by our financial risk committee. We attempt to minimize the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by senior management. Operational Risk Operational risk is the risk of loss, or damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events. We rely on the ability of our employees and our systems, both internal and at computer centers operated by third parties, to process a large number of transactions. Our systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our systems or improper action by our employees or third party vendors, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of our relationship with any of the exchanges, fully disclosed clearing firms, or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. Any such failure or termination could adversely affect our ability to effect transactions and manage our exposure to risk. Our operations rely on secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our internal and outsourced computer systems and networks. Our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, internal misconduct or inadvertent errors and other events that could have an information security impact. The occurrence of one or more of these events, which we have experienced, could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant. In order to mitigate and control operational risk, we have developed and continue to enhance policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. We also have business continuity plans in place that we believe will cover critical processes on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into our systems as we have deemed appropriate. These control mechanisms attempt to ensure that operational policies and procedures are being followed and that our various businesses are operating within established corporate policies and limits. 55 We operate under a fully disclosed clearing model for all of our clearing operations. In a fully disclosed clearing model, we act as an introducing broker for client transactions and rely on Pershing, our clearing broker dealer, to facilitate clearance and settlement of our clients' securities transactions. The clearing services provided by Pershing are critical to our business operations, and similar to other services performed by third party vendors, any failure by Pershing with respect to the services we rely upon Pershing to provide could cause financial loss, significantly disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our ability to serve our clients and manage our exposure to risk. Human Capital Risk Our business is a human capital business and our success is dependent upon the skills, expertise and performance of our employees. Human capital risks represent the risks posed if we fail to attract and retain qualified individuals who are motivated to serve the best interests of our clients, thereby serving the best interests of our company. Attracting and retaining employees depends, among other things, on our company's culture, management, work environment, geographic locations and compensation. There are risks associated with the proper recruitment, development and rewards of our employees to ensure quality performance and retention. Legal and Regulatory Risk Legal and regulatory risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and loss to our reputation we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have established procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, such as public company reporting obligations, regulatory net capital requirements, sales and trading practices, potential conflicts of interest, anti-money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. We have also established procedures that are designed to require that our policies relating to ethics and business conduct are followed. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business challenge for us. Our business also subjects us to the complex income tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we have business operations, and these tax laws may be subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes. Effects of Inflation Because our assets are liquid and generally short-term in nature, they are not significantly affected by inflation. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as employee compensation, office space leasing costs and communications charges, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services we offer to our clients. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has adverse effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK. The information under the caption "Risk Management" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K entitled, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," is incorporated herein by reference. 56 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. INDEX TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting............................................................ Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm........................................................................... Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm........................................................................... Consolidated Financial Statements: Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition......................................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Operations........................................................................................................ Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income................................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity..................................................................... Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................................................... Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 Note 4 Note 5 Note 6 Note 7 Note 8 Note 9 Note 10 Note 11 Note 12 Note 13 Note 14 Note 15 Note 16 Note 17 Note 18 Note 19 Note 20 Note 21 Note 22 Note 23 Note 24 Note 25 Organization and Basis of Presentation................................................................................... Summary of Significant Accounting Policies......................................................................... Recent Accounting Pronouncements....................................................................................... Acquisitions............................................................................................................................. Discontinued Operations......................................................................................................... Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased............................................... Fair Value of Financial Instruments........................................................................................ Variable Interest Entities......................................................................................................... Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations.................. Investments.............................................................................................................................. Other Assets............................................................................................................................ Goodwill and Intangible Assets.............................................................................................. Fixed Assets............................................................................................................................ Short-Term Financing............................................................................................................. Long-Term Financing.............................................................................................................. Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees........................................................................ Restructuring and Integration Costs........................................................................................ Shareholders' Equity................................................................................................................ Employee Benefit Plans.......................................................................................................... Compensation Plans................................................................................................................ Earnings Per Share.................................................................................................................. Revenues and Business Information....................................................................................... Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters....................................................... Income Taxes.......................................................................................................................... Parent Company only and PSLS............................................................................................. Supplementary Data..................................................................................................................................... 58 59 60 62 63 65 66 68 69 70 75 76 82 83 85 91 93 93 94 94 95 95 96 96 98 99 101 102 108 110 111 111 114 118 57 MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on its assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of Piper Sandler Companies included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. Their report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Piper Sandler Companies' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, is included herein. 58 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Piper Sandler Companies Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting We have audited Piper Sandler Companies’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes, and our report dated February 25, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Minneapolis, Minnesota February 25, 2021 59 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Piper Sandler Companies Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Piper Sandler Companies (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Description of the Matter Valuation of Investments at Fair Value At December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Company’s investments categorized as Level III of the fair value hierarchy totaled $153 million, primarily consisting of merchant banking investments in private companies (“merchant banking investments”) that do not have readily determinable fair values. These investments are held in consolidated funds, which include $96.7 million of noncontrolling interests attributable to unrelated third party ownership. As described in Notes 2 and 7 of the consolidated financial statements, management determines the fair values of merchant banking investments internally using the best information available. These investments are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering cost, terms and liquidity of the investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, rounds of financing, third party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)) and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Auditing the fair value of the Company’s merchant banking investments was complex, as the inputs and assumptions used by the Company are highly judgmental and could have a significant effect on the fair value measurements of such investments. 60 How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s merchant banking investment valuation process. This included controls over management’s assessment of the valuation methodologies, the inputs and assumptions used in determining fair value measurements, and the valuation committee review of merchant banking investment valuations on a quarterly basis. To test the valuation of the Company’s merchant banking investments, our procedures included, among others, involving internal valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company’s valuation methodologies, testing the significant inputs and assumptions used by the Company in determining the fair values, and testing the mathematical accuracy of the Company’s valuation calculations. For example, we agreed model inputs to source information including capital structure, investee-provided financial information or projections, and publicly available information on comparable transactions (e.g., transaction multiples). We assessed the issuer’s financial projections by comparing them to historical performance, obtaining an understanding of key events impacting the issuer and performing sensitivity analyses as needed to evaluate the impact to fair value that would result from changes in these projections. To the extent available, we evaluated subsequent events and other information and considered whether it corroborated or contradicted the Company’s year-end valuations. Valuation of Acquisition-Related Intangibles Description of the Matter As disclosed in Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired SOP Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, including Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. (Sandler) in 2020. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. Identifiable intangible assets acquired through this business combination consisted of customer relationships and the Sandler trade name with acquisition-date fair values of $72.4 million and $85.4 million, respectively. These intangible assets are measured at acquisition date using models with significant assumptions including financial projections, discount rates, and a royalty rate, among others, which form the basis of fair value. Certain of these assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by future economic and market conditions. Auditing the fair value of the Company’s acquired identifiable intangible assets was complex, as the inputs and assumptions used by the Company are highly judgmental and could have a significant effect on the acquisition-date fair value measurements of such identifiable intangible assets. How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s acquisition process. This included controls over management’s assessment of the valuation methodologies, the inputs and assumptions used in determining acquisition-date fair value measurements, and review and approval of final intangible asset valuation. To test the valuation of the Company’s acquired intangible assets, our procedures included, among others, involving internal valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company’s valuation methodologies, testing the significant inputs and assumptions used by the Company in determining the acquisition-date fair values, and testing the mathematical accuracy of the Company’s valuation calculations. For example, we performed sensitivity analyses for certain assumptions, compared significant assumptions to current industry, market, and economic trends, to assumptions used to value similar intangible assets of past acquisitions, and to other guidelines used by companies within the same industry. Also, to test projected financial information, we compared projections to historical results of Sandler and the Company and obtained support for individual contracts expected to generate revenue. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP We have served as the Company's auditor since 2003. Minneapolis, Minnesota February 25, 2021 61 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (Amounts in thousands, except share data) Assets Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations........................................... Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned.............................................. Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and pledged as collateral...... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned................................... Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $74,883 and $65,991, respectively)...................................................................................................... Goodwill............................................................................................................................. Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $85,592 and $40,864, respectively)...................................................................................................................... Investments......................................................................................................................... Net deferred income tax assets........................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset...................................................................................................... Other assets......................................................................................................................... Total assets....................................................................................................................... Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Short-term financing........................................................................................................... Long-term financing........................................................................................................... Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations.................................................... Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased.............. Accrued compensation....................................................................................................... Accrued lease liability........................................................................................................ Other liabilities and accrued expenses................................................................................ Total liabilities................................................................................................................. Shareholders' equity: Common stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 100,000,000 at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019; Shares issued: 19,533,547 at December 31, 2020 and 19,526,533 at December 31, 2019; Shares outstanding: 13,776,025 at December 31, 2020 and 13,717,315 at December 31, 2019...................................................................................................... Additional paid-in capital................................................................................................ Retained earnings............................................................................................................. Less common stock held in treasury, at cost: 5,757,522 shares at December 31, 2020 and 5,809,218 shares at December 31, 2019.................................................................. Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................................................................... Total common shareholders' equity............................................................................... Noncontrolling interests................................................................................................. Total shareholders' equity.............................................................................................. December 31, December 31, 2020 2019 $ 507,935 $ 221,491 270,849 130,703 401,552 43,812 227,508 149,858 183,179 104,219 82,543 75,043 1,997,140 $ — $ 195,000 18,591 151,030 522,412 99,478 84,547 1,071,058 $ $ 250,018 283,108 434,088 205,674 639,762 29,850 87,649 16,686 158,141 68,035 40,030 55,440 1,628,719 49,978 175,000 7,514 185,425 300,527 57,169 46,578 822,191 195 847,785 271,001 (289,359) (197) 829,425 96,657 926,082 195 757,669 258,669 (284,378) (872) 731,283 75,245 806,528 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity........................................................................ $ 1,997,140 $ 1,628,719 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 62 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Operations (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Revenues: Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 Investment banking................................................................. $ 858,476 $ 629,392 $ Institutional brokerage............................................................ Interest income........................................................................ Investment income.................................................................. 357,753 13,164 23,265 167,891 26,741 22,275 588,978 124,738 32,749 11,039 Total revenues....................................................................... 1,252,658 846,299 757,504 Interest expense....................................................................... 14,445 11,733 16,551 Net revenues.......................................................................... 1,238,213 834,566 740,953 Non-interest expenses: Compensation and benefits..................................................... Outside services...................................................................... Occupancy and equipment...................................................... Communications..................................................................... Marketing and business development..................................... Deal-related expenses.............................................................. Trade execution and clearance................................................ Restructuring and integration costs......................................... Intangible asset amortization................................................... Other operating expenses........................................................ 877,462 38,377 54,007 44,358 13,472 38,072 18,934 10,755 44,728 29,500 516,090 36,184 36,795 30,760 28,780 25,823 10,186 14,321 4,298 12,350 488,487 36,528 34,194 28,656 26,936 25,120 8,014 3,498 4,858 12,173 Total non-interest expenses................................................... 1,169,665 715,587 668,464 Income from continuing operations before income tax expense ................................................................................... Income tax expense................................................................. Income from continuing operations ...................................... Discontinued operations: 68,548 19,192 49,356 118,979 24,577 94,402 72,489 18,046 54,443 Income from discontinued operations, net of tax.................... — 23,772 1,387 Net income ............................................................................... 49,356 118,174 55,830 Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests........ 8,852 6,463 (1,206) Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies ............ Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders ........................................................... $ $ 40,504 $ 111,711 $ 57,036 40,504 $ 107,200 $ 49,993 Continued on next page 63 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Operations – Continued (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Amounts applicable to Piper Sandler Companies Net income from continuing operations.................................. Net income from discontinued operations.............................. Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies............. Earnings per basic common share Income from continuing operations........................................ Income from discontinued operations..................................... Earnings per basic common share......................................... Earnings per diluted common share Income from continuing operations........................................ Income from discontinued operations..................................... Earnings per diluted common share...................................... Dividends declared per common share ................................. Weighted average number of common shares outstanding $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 40,504 — 40,504 2.94 — 2.94 2.72 — 2.72 2.00 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 87,939 23,772 111,711 6.21 1.69 7.90 6.05 1.65 7.69 2.51 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 55,649 1,387 57,036 3.68 0.09 3.78 3.63 0.09 3.72 3.12 Basic........................................................................................ Diluted..................................................................................... 13,781 14,901 13,555 13,937 13,234 13,425 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 64 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Amounts in thousands) Net income ..................................................................................... Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax: Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ 49,356 $ 118,174 $ 55,830 Foreign currency translation adjustment....................................... 675 526 (119) Comprehensive income ................................................................. 50,031 118,700 55,711 Comprehensive income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests........................................................................................ 8,852 6,463 (1,206) Comprehensive income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies ................................................................................... $ 41,179 $ 112,237 $ 56,917 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 65 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity Common (Amounts in thousands, Shares Common except share amounts) Outstanding Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated Total Other Common Total Retained Treasury Comprehensive Shareholders' Noncontrolling Shareholders' Earnings Stock Loss Equity Interests Equity Balance at December 31, 2017 .... Net income/(loss)........... Dividends....................... Amortization/issuance of restricted stock............. Repurchase of common stock through share repurchase program..... Issuance of treasury shares for restricted stock vestings............... Repurchase of common stock from employees.. Shares reserved/issued for director compensation............... Other comprehensive loss............................... Cumulative effect upon adoption of new accounting standard, net of tax (1)................ Fund capital contributions, net......... Balance at December 31, 2018 .... Net income..................... Dividends....................... Amortization/issuance of restricted stock............. Repurchase of common stock through share repurchase program..... Issuance of treasury shares for restricted stock vestings............... Repurchase of common stock from employees.. Shares reserved/issued for director compensation............... Other comprehensive income......................... Fund capital contributions, net......... Balance at December 31, 2019 .... 12,911,149 $ 195 $ 791,970 $ 176,270 $ (273,824) $ (1,279) $ 693,332 $ 47,903 $ 741,235 — — — (681,233) 1,040,015 (279,664) 5,130 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 57,036 (47,157) 48,448 — — — — — — (47,142) (44,459) — 404 — — — — — — — (3,597) — 44,459 (23,761) — — — — — — — — — — — (119) — — 57,036 (47,157) 48,448 (47,142) — (23,761) 404 (119) (1,206) — — — — — — — 55,830 (47,157) 48,448 (47,142) — (23,761) 404 (119) (3,597) — (3,597) — 6,275 6,275 12,995,397 $ 195 $ 796,363 $ 182,552 $ (300,268) $ (1,398) $ 677,444 $ 52,972 $ 730,416 — — — (501) 1,415,147 (701,217) 8,489 — — — — — — — — — — — — — 111,711 (35,594) 27,137 — (66,474) — 643 — — — — — — — — — — — — (32) 66,474 (50,552) — — — — — — — — — — 526 — 111,711 (35,594) 27,137 (32) — (50,552) 643 526 — 6,463 — — — — — — — 118,174 (35,594) 27,137 (32) — (50,552) 643 526 15,810 15,810 13,717,315 $ 195 $ 757,669 $ 258,669 $ (284,378) $ (872) $ 731,283 $ 75,245 $ 806,528 Continued on next page 66 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity – Continued Common (Amounts in thousands, Shares Common except share amounts) Outstanding Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Accumulated Total Other Common Total Retained Treasury Comprehensive Shareholders' Noncontrolling Shareholders' Earnings Stock Loss Equity Interests Equity Net income..................... Dividends....................... Amortization/issuance of restricted stock (2)....... Repurchase of common stock through share repurchase program..... Issuance of treasury shares for restricted stock vestings............... Issuance of treasury shares for deal consideration................ Repurchase of common stock from employees.. Shares reserved/issued for director compensation............... Other comprehensive income......................... Fund capital contributions, net......... Balance at December 31, 2020 .... $ — — — (188,319) — — — — $ — — $ 40,504 $ (28,172) 103,852 — $ — — — — — (13,129) 309,089 — (15,310) — 15,310 34,205 (105,193) 8,928 — — — — — — — 1,049 — 525 — — — — — — — 1,674 (8,836) — — — — — — — — — — — 675 — $ 40,504 $ 8,852 $ 49,356 (28,172) 103,852 (13,129) — 2,723 (8,836) 525 675 — — — — — — — — — (28,172) 103,852 (13,129) — 2,723 (8,836) 525 675 12,560 12,560 13,776,025 $ 195 $ 847,785 $ 271,001 $ (289,359) $ (197) $ 829,425 $ 96,657 $ 926,082 (1) Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09, as amended. (2) Includes amortization of restricted stock issued as part of deal consideration. See Note 4 for further discussion. See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 67 Piper Sandler Companies Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Amounts in thousands) Operating Activities: Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 Net income................................................................................................................ $ 49,356 $ 118,174 $ 55,830 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization of fixed assets........................................................ Deferred income taxes............................................................................................ Gain on sale of Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI"), net of tax.................................. Stock-based compensation...................................................................................... Amortization of intangible assets............................................................................ Amortization of forgivable loans............................................................................ Decrease/(increase) in operating assets: Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations............................... Net financial instruments and other inventory positions owned............................. Investments............................................................................................................. Other assets............................................................................................................. Increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities: Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations........................................ Accrued compensation............................................................................................ Other liabilities and accrued expenses.................................................................... Decrease in assets held for sale................................................................................. Decrease in liabilities held for sale........................................................................... 10,699 (36,184) — 121,688 44,728 3,538 254,292 203,815 (24,353) 4,024 11,077 132,767 4,318 — — 9,360 11,323 (33,026) 32,003 9,763 4,639 (46,207) (4,542) (6,255) 117 (1,143) (29,277) (10,117) 20,901 (7,915) 8,358 (652) — 44,285 10,460 5,138 (89,884) 534,355 24,109 (3,758) (10,735) (60,191) (7,915) 1,882 (1,487) Net cash provided by operating activities............................................................... 779,765 67,798 509,795 Investing Activities: Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired.............................................................. Proceeds from sale of ARI........................................................................................ Purchases of fixed assets, net.................................................................................... (417,414) — (17,581) (19,674) 52,881 (6,516) Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities................................................ (434,995) 26,691 — — (15,804) (15,804) Financing Activities: Increase/(decrease) in short-term financing.............................................................. $ (49,978) $ 25 $ (239,984) Issuance of senior notes............................................................................................ Repayment of senior notes........................................................................................ Payment of cash dividend......................................................................................... Increase in noncontrolling interests.......................................................................... Repurchase of common stock................................................................................... Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities................................................ Currency adjustment: Effect of exchange rate changes on cash................................................................... Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.................................................................... Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year........................................................... Cash and cash equivalents at end of year..................................................................... Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for: Interest..................................................................................................................... Income taxes........................................................................................................... $ $ $ — — (28,172) 12,560 (21,965) (87,555) 702 257,917 250,018 175,000 — (35,594) 15,810 (50,584) — (125,000) (47,157) 6,275 (70,903) 104,657 (476,769) 508 199,654 50,364 (651) 16,571 33,793 507,935 $ 250,018 $ 50,364 14,485 28,891 $ $ 12,038 9,581 $ $ 17,129 17,134 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 68 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1 Organization and Basis of Presentation Organization As described in Note 4, Piper Jaffray Companies completed the acquisition of SOP Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, including Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. (collectively, "Sandler O'Neill") on January 3, 2020. Upon completion of the acquisition, Piper Jaffray Companies was renamed Piper Sandler Companies. Certain of its subsidiaries were also renamed. Piper Sandler Companies is the parent company of Piper Sandler & Co. ("Piper Sandler"), a securities broker dealer and investment banking firm; Piper Sandler Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and mergers and acquisitions services in Europe; Piper Sandler Finance LLC, which facilitates corporate debt underwriting in conjunction with affiliated credit vehicles; Piper Sandler Investment Group Inc. and PSC Capital Management LLC, entities providing alternative asset management services; Piper Sandler Loan Strategies, LLC ("PSLS"), which provides management services for primary and secondary market liquidity transactions of loan and servicing rights; Piper Sandler Hedging Services, LLC, an entity that assists clients with programmatic hedging solutions and broader hedging strategies; Piper Sandler Financial Products Inc. and Piper Sandler Financial Products II Inc., entities that facilitate derivative transactions; and other immaterial subsidiaries. Piper Sandler Companies and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") operate in one reporting segment providing investment banking and institutional securities services (collectively, "Capital Markets"). The Company's Capital Markets business provides investment banking services and institutional sales, trading and research services. Investment banking services include financial advisory services, management of and participation in underwritings, and municipal financing activities. Revenues are generated through the receipt of advisory and financing fees. Institutional sales, trading and research services focus on the trading of equity and fixed income products with institutions, government and non-profit entities. Revenues are generated through commissions and sales credits earned on equity and fixed income institutional sales activities, net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory, and profits and losses from trading these securities. Also, the Company generates revenue through strategic trading and investing activities, which focus on investments in municipal bonds and merchant banking activities involving equity investments in late stage private companies. The Company has created alternative asset management funds in merchant banking and energy in order to invest firm capital and to manage capital from outside investors. The Company receives management and performance fees for managing these funds. As discussed in Note 5, Advisory Research, Inc. ("ARI") was sold in the third quarter of 2019. ARI's results, previously reported in the Company's Asset Management segment, have been presented as discontinued operations for all prior periods presented. ARI provided traditional asset management services with product offerings in master limited partnerships and equity securities. Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and include the accounts of Piper Sandler Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and all other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Sandler Companies. Noncontrolling interests include the minority equity holders' proportionate share of the equity in the Company's alternative asset management funds. All material intercompany balances have been eliminated. The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available, actual results could differ from those estimates. 69 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest. The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a variable interest entity ("VIE") or a voting interest entity. VIEs are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independently or (ii) the at-risk equity holders do not have the normal characteristics of a controlling financial interest. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when an enterprise has one or more variable interests that have both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE's economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest is the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. Voting interest entities lack one or more of the characteristics of a VIE. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest for a corporation or a majority of kick-out or participating rights for a limited partnership. When the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but exerts significant influence over the entity's operating and financial policies, the Company's investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. If the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in, or exert significant influence over, an entity, the Company accounts for its investment at fair value, if the fair value option was elected, or at cost. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of origination. Fair Value of Financial Instruments Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased on the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of financial instruments (including securities with extended settlements and derivative contracts) recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected on the consolidated statements of operations. Securities (both long and short), including securities with extended settlements, are recognized on a trade-date basis. Additionally, certain of the Company's investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition are recorded at fair value, either as required by accounting guidance or through the fair value election. Fair Value Measurement – Definition and Hierarchy – Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement," ("ASC 820") defines fair value as the amount at which an instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect management's assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows: Level I – Quoted prices (unadjusted) are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the report date. A quoted price for an identical asset or liability in an active market provides the most reliable fair value measurement because it is directly observable to the market. 70 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Level II – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the report date. The nature of these financial instruments include instruments for which quoted prices are available but traded less frequently, instruments whose fair value have been derived using a model where inputs to the model are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, and instruments that are fair valued using other financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed. Level III – Instruments that have little to no pricing observability as of the report date. These financial instruments are measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. Valuation of Financial Instruments – Based on the nature of the Company's business and its role as a "dealer" in the securities industry or as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined internally. When available, the Company values financial instruments at observable market prices, observable market parameters, or broker or dealer prices (bid and ask prices). In the case of financial instruments transacted on recognized exchanges, the observable market prices represent quotations for completed transactions from the exchange on which the financial instrument is principally traded. A substantial percentage of the fair value of the Company's financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, are based on observable market prices, observable market parameters, or derived from broker or dealer prices. The availability of observable market prices and pricing parameters can vary from product to product. Where available, observable market prices and pricing or market parameters in a product may be used to derive a price without requiring significant judgment. In certain markets, observable market prices or market parameters are not available for all products, and fair value is determined using techniques appropriate for each particular product. These techniques involve some degree of judgment. Results from valuation models and other techniques in one period may not be indicative of future period fair value measurement. For investments in illiquid or privately held securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, the determination of fair value requires the Company to estimate the value of the securities using the best information available. Among the factors considered by the Company in determining the fair value of such financial instruments are the cost, terms and liquidity of the investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the quoted market price of publicly traded securities with similar quality and yield, and other factors generally pertinent to the valuation of investments. In instances where a security is subject to transfer restrictions, the value of the security is based primarily on the quoted price of a similar security without restriction but may be reduced by an amount estimated to reflect such restrictions. In addition, even where the Company derives the value of a security based on information from an independent source, certain assumptions may be required to determine the security's fair value. For instance, the Company assumes that the size of positions in securities that it holds would not be large enough to affect the quoted price of the securities if the Company sells them, and that any such sale would happen in an orderly manner. The actual value realized upon disposition could be different from the currently estimated fair value. Fixed Assets Fixed assets include furniture and equipment, software and leasehold improvements. Furniture and equipment and software are depreciated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over ten years or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Leases A lease is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified property or equipment for a period of time in exchange for consideration. In making this determination, the Company considers if it obtains substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of the underlying asset and directs how and for what purpose the asset is used during the term of the contract. 71 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company leases its corporate headquarters and other offices under various non-cancelable leases, all of which are operating leases. In addition to rent, the leases require payment of real estate taxes, insurance and common area maintenance. Some of the leases contain renewal and/or termination options, escalation clauses, rent-free holidays and operating cost adjustments. The original terms of the Company's lease agreements generally range up to 12 years. The Company recognizes a right-of-use ("ROU") lease asset and lease liability on the consolidated statements of financial condition for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. The lease liability represents the Company’s obligation to make future lease payments and is recorded at an amount equal to the present value of the remaining lease payments due over the lease term. The ROU lease asset, which represents the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term, is measured based on the carrying value of the lease liability, adjusted for other items, such as lease incentives and uneven rent payments. The discount rate used to determine the present value of the remaining lease payments reflects the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term in a similar economic environment. In calculating its discount rates, the Company takes into consideration a financing arrangement that is on a secured (i.e., collateralized) basis, as well as market interest rates and spreads, other reference points, and the respective tenors of the Company’s designated lease term ranges. The Company applies the portfolio approach in determining the discount rates for its leases. For leases that contain escalation clauses or rent-free holidays, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis from the date the Company takes possession of the property to the end of the initial lease term. The Company records any difference between the straight-line rent expense and amounts paid under the leases as part of the amortization of the ROU lease asset. Cash or lease incentives received upon entering into certain leases are recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of rent expense from the date the Company takes possession of the property or receives the cash to the end of the initial lease term. Lease incentives, which initially reduce the ROU lease asset, are a component of the amortization of the ROU lease asset. Rent expense for leases with a term of 12 months or less is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term in the consolidated statements of operations. Goodwill and Intangible Assets Goodwill represents the fair value of the consideration transferred in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets at the acquisition date. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when circumstances exist that could indicate possible impairment. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally one level below its operating segments. The Company has identified one reporting unit: Capital Markets. When testing for impairment, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after making an assessment, the Company determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then further analysis is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then the Company is required to perform a quantitative goodwill test, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The quantitative goodwill test compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including allocated goodwill. An impairment is recognized for the excess amount of a reporting unit's carrying value over its fair value. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is derived based on valuation techniques that a market participant would use. The Company estimates the fair value of the reporting unit using the income approach (discounted cash flow method) and market approach (earnings and/or transaction multiples). See Note 12 for additional information on the Company's impairment testing. 72 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Intangible assets with determinable lives consist of customer relationships, internally developed software and the Simmons & Company International ("Simmons") trade name that are amortized over their original estimated useful lives ranging from one to eight years. The pattern of amortization reflects the timing of the realization of the economic benefits of such intangible assets. The Sandler trade name is an indefinite-lived intangible asset, which is not amortized and is evaluated annually, at a minimum, or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. Investments The Company's investments include equity investments in private companies and partnerships. Equity investments in private companies are accounted for at fair value, as required by accounting guidance or if the fair value option was elected. Investments in partnerships are accounted for under the equity method, which is generally the net asset value. Other Assets Other assets include receivables and prepaid expenses. Receivables include fee receivables, income tax receivables, accrued interest, and loans made to employees, typically in connection with their recruitment. Employee loans are forgiven based on continued employment and are amortized to compensation and benefits expense using the straight-line method over the respective terms of the loans, which generally range from two to four years. Revenue Recognition Investment Banking – Investment banking revenues, which include advisory and underwriting fees, are recorded when the performance obligation for the transaction is satisfied under the terms of each engagement. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the engagement is otherwise concluded. Investment banking revenues are presented gross of related client reimbursed deal expenses. Expenses for completed deals are reported separately in deal-related expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Expenses related to investment banking deals not completed are recognized as non-interest expenses in their respective category on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company's advisory fees generally consist of a nonrefundable up-front fee and a success fee. The nonrefundable fee is recorded as deferred revenue upon receipt and recognized at a point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied, or when the transaction is deemed by management to be terminated. Management's judgment is required in determining when a transaction is considered to be terminated. The substantial majority of the Company's advisory and underwriting fees (i.e., the success-related advisory fee) are considered variable consideration and recognized when it is probable that the variable consideration will not be reversed in a future period. The variable consideration is considered to be constrained until satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company's performance obligation is generally satisfied at a point in time upon the closing of a strategic transaction, completion of a financing or underwriting arrangement, or some other defined outcome (e.g., providing a fairness opinion). At this time, the Company has transferred control of the promised service and the customer obtains control. As these arrangements represent a single performance obligation, allocation of the transaction price is not necessary. The Company has elected to apply the following optional exemptions regarding disclosure of its remaining performance obligations: (i) the Company's performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less and/or (ii) the variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a distinct service that forms part of a single performance obligation. 73 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Institutional Brokerage – Institutional brokerage revenues include (i) commissions received from customers for the execution of brokerage transactions in listed and over-the-counter (OTC) equity, fixed income and convertible debt securities, which are recognized at a point in time on the trade date because the customer has obtained the rights to the underlying security provided by the trade execution service, (ii) trading gains and losses, recorded based on changes in the fair value of long and short security positions in the reporting period, (iii) fees earned by PSLS related to the brokering of loans and servicing rights in market liquidity transactions, which are recognized at a point in time on the trade date, and (iv) fees received by the Company for equity research. The Company permits institutional customers to allocate a portion of their gross commissions to pay for research products and other services provided by third parties. The amounts allocated for those purposes are commonly referred to as commission share agreements or "soft dollar" arrangements. As the Company is not acting as a principal in satisfying the performance obligation for these arrangements, expenses relating to soft dollars are netted against commission revenues and included in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest Revenue and Expense – The Company nets interest expense within net revenues to mitigate the effects of fluctuations in interest rates on the Company's consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes contractual interest on financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased (excluding derivative instruments), on an accrual basis as a component of interest revenue and expense. The Company accounts for interest related to its short-term and long-term financing arrangements on an accrual basis with related interest recorded as interest expense. Investment Income – Investment income includes realized and unrealized gains and losses from the Company's merchant banking, energy and other firm investments, as well as management and performance fees generated from the Company’s alternative asset management funds. The performance obligation related to the transfer of management and investment advisory services is satisfied over time and the related management fees are recognized under the output method, which reflects the fees that the Company has a right to invoice based on the services provided during the period. Fees are defined as a percentage of committed and/or invested capital. Amounts related to remaining performance obligations are not disclosed as the Company applies the output method. Performance fees, if earned, are recognized when it is probable that such revenue will not be reversed in a future period. Management will consider such factors as the remaining assets and residual life of the fund to conclude whether it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not occur in the future. See Note 22 for revenues from contracts with customers disaggregated by major business activity. Stock-Based Compensation FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, "Compensation – Stock Compensation," ("ASC 718") requires all stock-based compensation to be expensed on the consolidated statements of operations based on the grant date fair value of the award. Compensation expense related to stock-based awards that do not require future service are recognized in the year in which the awards were deemed to be earned. Stock-based awards that require future service are amortized over the relevant service period. Forfeitures of awards with service conditions are accounted for when they occur. See Note 20 for additional information on the Company's accounting for stock-based compensation. 74 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Income Taxes The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, which includes all of its qualifying subsidiaries. The Company is also subject to income tax in various states and municipalities and those foreign jurisdictions in which it operates. Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between amounts reported for income tax purposes and financial statement purposes, using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that any portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Tax reserves for uncertain tax positions are recorded in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, "Income Taxes" ("ASC 740"). Earnings Per Share Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options, restricted stock units and restricted shares. For periods prior to 2020, the Company calculated earnings per share using the two-class method. See Note 21 for additional information on the Company's calculation of earnings per share. Foreign Currency Translation The Company consolidates foreign subsidiaries which have designated their local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these foreign subsidiaries are translated at period-end rates of exchange. The gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements are included in other comprehensive income/(loss). Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net income. Contingencies The Company is involved in various pending and potential legal proceedings related to its business, including litigation, arbitration and regulatory proceedings. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses to the extent that claims are probable of loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The determination of the outcome and reserve amounts requires significant judgment on the part of the Company's management. Note 3 Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adoption of New Accounting Standards Financial Instruments – Credit Losses In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-13, "Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments" ("ASU 2016-13"). The new guidance requires an entity to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts as opposed to delaying recognition until the loss was probable of occurring. ASU 2016-13 became effective for the Company as of January 1, 2020. There was no material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements upon adoption of ASU 2016-13. 75 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 4 Acquisitions The following acquisitions were accounted for pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, "Business Combinations." Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was allocated between goodwill and intangible assets. The fair value of the equity consideration and retention-related restricted stock was determined using the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the respective acquisition. SOP Holdings, LLC On January 3, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of SOP Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, including Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. (collectively, "Sandler O'Neill"), a full-service investment banking firm and broker dealer focused on the financial services industry. The transaction was completed pursuant to the Agreement and Plans of Merger dated July 9, 2019. The purchase price was $485.0 million, for which the Company was entitled to receive $100.0 million of tangible book value, subject to a final adjustment as of the closing date. The acquisition of Sandler O'Neill is accretive to the Company's advisory services revenues, diversifies and enhances scale in corporate financings, adds a differentiated fixed income business, and increases scale in the equity brokerage business. The net assets acquired by the Company are described below. As part of the purchase price, the Company granted 1,568,670 restricted shares valued at $124.9 million as equity consideration on the acquisition date. These restricted shares are generally subject to ratable vesting over three years and employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for the rights to the restricted shares. Compensation expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three years. The Company also entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements with certain employees of $113.9 million which consisted of restricted stock ($96.9 million) and restricted cash ($17.0 million) for retention purposes. The retention- related awards are also subject to vesting restrictions and employees must remain continuously employed by the Company for the respective vesting period. Compensation expense related to these arrangements will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of 18 months, three years or five years (a weighted average service period of 3.7 years). The Company recorded $94.4 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, of which $93.4 million is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and operating expertise of Sandler O'Neill. Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships and the Sandler trade name with acquisition-date fair values of $72.4 million and $85.4 million, respectively. Transaction costs of $1.2 million and $4.8 million were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are included in restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operations. 76 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition, including measurement period adjustments: (Amounts in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................................... Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations........................................................ Fixed assets...................................................................................................................................... Goodwill.......................................................................................................................................... Intangible assets............................................................................................................................... Investments...................................................................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset................................................................................................................... Other assets...................................................................................................................................... Total assets acquired.......................................................................................................................... $ Liabilities Accrued compensation.................................................................................................................... Accrued lease liability..................................................................................................................... Other liabilities and accrued expenses............................................................................................. Due to Sandler O'Neill (1)............................................................................................................... Total liabilities assumed..................................................................................................................... 27,420 192,675 6,789 94,360 157,800 685 39,607 9,628 528,964 71,398 39,613 16,441 40,673 168,125 Net assets acquired............................................................................................................................. $ 360,839 (1) Represents the amount of excess tangible book value received by the Company on the date of acquisition. The Valence Group ("Valence") On April 3, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Valence, an investment bank offering mergers and acquisitions advisory services to companies and financial sponsors with a focus on the chemicals, materials and related sectors. The transaction was completed pursuant to the share purchase agreement dated February 20, 2020, as amended. The acquisition adds a new industry sector and expands the Company's presence in Europe. The net assets acquired by the Company are described below. As part of the purchase price, the Company entered into unsecured promissory notes with the former owners totaling $20.0 million (the "Valence Notes"), as discussed in Note 15. The Valence Notes were repaid in early 2021. The Company also granted 647,268 restricted shares valued at $31.2 million as equity consideration on the acquisition date. In addition, the Company entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements with certain employees of $5.5 million in restricted stock for retention purposes. Both the equity consideration and retention-related restricted shares are subject to graded vesting, beginning on the third anniversary of the acquisition date, so long as the applicable employee remains continuously employed by the Company for such period. Compensation expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of five years. Additional cash may be earned by certain employees if a revenue threshold is exceeded during the three-year post- acquisition period to the extent they are employed by the Company at the time of payment. Amounts estimated to be payable, if any, will be recorded as compensation expense on the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite performance period. If earned, the amount will be paid by July 3, 2023. The Company recorded $33.3 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, none of which is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and operating expertise of Valence. Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships with an acquisition-date fair value of $14.8 million. 77 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Transaction costs of $2.5 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2020 and are included in restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operations. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: (Amounts in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................................... Fixed assets...................................................................................................................................... Goodwill.......................................................................................................................................... Intangible assets............................................................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset................................................................................................................... Other assets...................................................................................................................................... Total assets acquired.......................................................................................................................... $ Liabilities Accrued lease liability..................................................................................................................... Other liabilities and accrued expenses............................................................................................. Total liabilities assumed..................................................................................................................... Net assets acquired............................................................................................................................. $ TRS Advisors LLC ("TRS") 8,181 256 33,300 14,800 3,279 4,190 64,006 3,279 10,393 13,672 50,334 On December 31, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of TRS, an advisory firm offering restructuring and reorganization services to companies in public, private and government settings. The transaction was completed pursuant to the equity purchase agreement dated December 8, 2020. The acquisition expands the scale of the Company's restructuring advisory business. The net assets acquired by the Company are described below. In addition to cash consideration, as part of the purchase price, the Company granted 145,952 restricted shares valued at $14.7 million as equity consideration on the acquisition date. The equity consideration restricted shares are subject to graded vesting, beginning on the third anniversary of the acquisition date, so long as the applicable employee remains continuously employed by the Company for such period. Compensation expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of five years. In addition, the Company entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements with certain employees of $2.9 million in restricted stock for retention purposes. These restricted shares are subject to ratable vesting and employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for the rights to the restricted shares. Compensation expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three years. Additional cash of $7.0 million may be earned by certain employees if a revenue threshold is exceeded during the three- year post-acquisition period to the extent they are employed by the Company at the time of payment. Amounts estimated to be payable, if any, will be recorded as compensation expense on the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite performance period. If earned, the amount will be paid by April 3, 2024. The Company recorded $12.2 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, all of which is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The final goodwill recorded on the Company's consolidated statements of financial condition may differ from that reflected herein as a result of measurement period adjustments. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and operating expertise of TRS. Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships with an acquisition-date fair value of $5.3 million. 78 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Transaction costs of $0.8 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2020 and are included in restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operations. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: (Amounts in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................................... Goodwill.......................................................................................................................................... Intangible assets............................................................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset................................................................................................................... Other assets...................................................................................................................................... Total assets acquired.......................................................................................................................... $ Liabilities Accrued compensation..................................................................................................................... Accrued lease liability..................................................................................................................... Other liabilities and accrued expenses............................................................................................. Total liabilities assumed..................................................................................................................... 7 12,199 5,300 1,818 6,423 25,747 23 1,818 7 1,848 Net assets acquired............................................................................................................................. $ 23,899 Weeden & Co. L.P. ("Weeden & Co.") On August 2, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Weeden & Co., a broker dealer specializing in equity security sales and trading. The economic value of the acquisition was approximately $42.0 million and was completed pursuant to a securities purchase agreement dated February 24, 2019, as amended. The transaction added enhanced trade execution capabilities and scale to the Company's equities institutional sales and trading business. The net assets acquired by the Company are described below. As part of the purchase price, the Company granted $10.1 million in restricted cash as consideration on the acquisition date. The Company also entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements with certain employees of $7.3 million in restricted stock for retention purposes. Both the restricted cash and restricted stock are subject to graded vesting, beginning on the third anniversary of the acquisition date, so long as the applicable employee remains continuously employed by the Company for such period. Compensation expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of four years. Additional cash of up to $31.5 million may be earned if a net revenue target is achieved during the period from January 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021 ("Weeden Earnout"). Weeden & Co.'s equity owners, a portion of whom are now employees of the Company, are eligible to receive the additional payment. Employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for the rights to the additional payment. Amounts estimated to be payable to employees will be recorded as compensation expense on the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite performance period. The Company recorded a liability as of the acquisition date for the fair value related to non-employee equity owners, and is required to adjust this liability through the statement of operations for any changes after the acquisition date. If earned, the Weeden Earnout will be paid by September 30, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the Company expects the maximum Weeden Earnout will be earned and has accrued a total of $25.0 million related to this additional cash payment. The Company recorded $24.1 million in non-interest expenses related to the Weeden Earnout for the year ended December 31, 2020. 79 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company recorded $5.8 million of goodwill on the consolidated statements of financial condition, all of which is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In management's opinion, the goodwill represents the reputation and operating expertise of Weeden & Co. Identifiable intangible assets purchased by the Company consisted of customer relationships and internally developed software with acquisition-date fair values of $12.0 million and $4.7 million, respectively. Transaction costs of $1.9 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2019, and are included in restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operations. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition, including measurement period adjustments: (Amounts in thousands) Assets Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................................................... Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations........................................................ Fixed assets...................................................................................................................................... Goodwill.......................................................................................................................................... Intangible assets............................................................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset................................................................................................................... Other assets...................................................................................................................................... Total assets acquired.......................................................................................................................... $ Liabilities Accrued compensation.................................................................................................................... Accrued lease liability..................................................................................................................... Other liabilities and accrued expenses............................................................................................. Total liabilities assumed..................................................................................................................... Net assets acquired............................................................................................................................. $ 4,351 1,623 289 5,794 16,700 6,811 7,675 43,243 2,156 6,811 10,251 19,218 24,025 80 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Pro Forma Financial Information The results of operations of Sandler O'Neill, Valence, TRS and Weeden & Co. have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements prospectively beginning on the respective acquisition dates. The acquisitions have been fully integrated with the Company's existing operations. Accordingly, post-acquisition revenues and net income are not discernible. The following unaudited pro forma financial data is presented on a combined basis. Based on the respective acquisition dates, the unaudited pro forma financial data assumes that the Sandler O’Neill, Valence and TRS acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2018, the beginning of the comparable prior period presented, and that the Weeden & Co. acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017. Pro forma results have been prepared by adjusting the Company's historical results to include the results of operations of Sandler O'Neill, Valence, TRS and Weeden & Co. adjusted for the following significant changes: interest expense was adjusted to reflect the debt incurred by the Company to fund portions of the Sandler O’Neill and Valence purchase price; amortization expense was adjusted to account for the acquisition-date fair value of intangible assets; compensation and benefits expenses were adjusted to reflect the restricted cash or restricted stock issued as part of the respective purchase price, the restricted stock issued for retention purposes, and the cost that would have been incurred had Sandler O’Neill partners and Valence and TRS employees been included in the Company’s employee compensation arrangements; and the income tax effect of applying the Company's statutory tax rates to the results of operations of Sandler O'Neill, Valence, TRS and Weeden & Co. The Company's consolidated unaudited pro forma information presented does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisitions been completed at the beginning of the applicable periods presented, does not contemplate client account overlap and anticipated operational efficiencies of the combined entities, nor does it indicate the results of operations in future periods. (Amounts in thousands) Net revenues......................................................................................... Net income from continuing operations applicable to Piper Sandler Companies.......................................................................................... Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 $ 1,289,331 $ 1,252,260 $ 1,183,131 44,453 73,952 6,327 81 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 5 Discontinued Operations In the third quarter of 2019, the Company completed the sale of its traditional asset management business, which was conducted through its wholly-owned subsidiary ARI. On September 20, 2019, the Company completed the sale of the master limited partnerships and energy infrastructure strategies business to Tortoise Capital Advisors. Additionally, on September 27, 2019, the Company completed the sale of its remaining equity strategies business to its former management team. The transactions generated cash proceeds of $53.9 million. ARI's results, previously reported in the Asset Management segment, have been presented as discontinued operations for all prior periods presented and the related assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale. The components of discontinued operations were as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Net revenues.................................................................................................................... Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 26,546 $ 43,489 Operating expenses....................................................................................................... Intangible asset amortization (1)................................................................................... Restructuring costs........................................................................................................ Total non-interest expenses............................................................................................. 22,589 5,465 10,268 38,322 35,227 5,602 272 41,101 Income/(loss) from discontinued operations before income tax expense/(benefit)......... (11,776) 2,388 Income tax expense/(benefit)........................................................................................ (2,522) 1,001 Income/(loss) from discontinued operations before gain on sales................................... (9,254) 1,387 Gain on sales, net of tax................................................................................................... 33,026 — Income from discontinued operations, net of tax............................................................ $ 23,772 $ 1,387 (1) Includes $2.9 million of intangible asset impairment related to the ARI trade name for the year ended December 31, 2019. 82 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 6 Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned and Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Sold, but Not Yet Purchased (Amounts in thousands) Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Corporate securities: December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Equity securities........................................................................................................... Convertible securities................................................................................................... Fixed income securities................................................................................................ $ Municipal securities: Taxable securities......................................................................................................... Tax-exempt securities................................................................................................... Short-term securities.................................................................................................... Mortgage-backed securities............................................................................................ U.S. government agency securities................................................................................. U.S. government securities............................................................................................. Derivative contracts........................................................................................................ Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned.................................. Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Corporate securities: Equity securities........................................................................................................... Fixed income securities................................................................................................ U.S. government agency securities................................................................................. U.S. government securities............................................................................................. Derivative contracts........................................................................................................ Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased.. $ $ $ 1,349 146,088 18,432 6,267 67,944 28,592 13 9,146 100,275 23,446 401,552 105,190 18,789 — 21,669 5,382 151,030 $ $ $ $ 3,046 146,406 28,176 22,570 222,192 67,901 13 51,773 77,303 20,382 639,762 94,036 10,311 9,935 67,090 4,053 185,425 At December 31, 2020 and 2019, financial instruments and other inventory positions owned in the amount of $130.7 million and $205.7 million, respectively, had been pledged as collateral for short-term financings. Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price, thereby creating a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company is obligated to acquire the securities sold short at prevailing market prices, which may exceed the amount reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company economically hedges changes in the market value of its financial instruments and other inventory positions owned using inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased, interest rate derivatives, and U.S. treasury bond futures and options. Derivative Contract Financial Instruments The Company uses interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, U.S. treasury bond futures and options, and equity option contracts as a means to manage risk in certain inventory positions. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps to facilitate customer transactions. The following describes the Company's derivatives by the type of transaction or security the instruments are economically hedging. 83 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Customer matched-book derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts in a principal capacity as a dealer to satisfy the financial needs of its customers. The Company simultaneously enters into an interest rate derivative contract with a third party for the same notional amount to hedge the interest rate and credit risk of the initial client interest rate derivative contract. In certain limited instances, the Company has only hedged interest rate risk with a third party, and retains uncollateralized credit risk as described below. The instruments use interest rates based upon the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") index, the Municipal Market Data ("MMD") index or the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association ("SIFMA") index. Trading securities derivatives: The Company enters into interest rate derivative contracts and uses U.S. treasury bond futures and options to hedge interest rate and market value risks associated with its fixed income securities. These instruments use interest rates based upon the MMD index, LIBOR or the SIFMA index. The Company also enters into equity option contracts to hedge market value risk associated with its convertible securities. Derivatives are reported on a net basis by counterparty (i.e., the net payable or receivable for derivative assets and liabilities for a given counterparty) when a legal right of offset exists and on a net basis by cross product when applicable provisions are stated in master netting agreements. Cash collateral received or paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided a legal right of offset exists. The total absolute notional contract amount, representing the absolute value of the sum of gross long and short derivative contracts, provides an indication of the volume of the Company's derivative activity and does not represent gains and losses. The following table presents the gross fair market value and the total absolute notional contract amount of the Company's outstanding derivative instruments, prior to counterparty netting, by asset or liability position: (Amounts in thousands) Derivative Category Interest rate Customer matched-book.. Trading securities............. Derivative Assets (1) December 31, 2020 Derivative Liabilities (2) Notional Amount Derivative Assets (1) December 31, 2019 Derivative Liabilities (2) Notional Amount $ $ 233,116 $ — 233,116 $ 223,218 $ 1,955,131 $ 209,119 $ 4,225 55,375 8 227,443 $ 2,010,506 $ 209,127 $ 198,315 $ 2,197,340 110,875 200,167 $ 2,308,215 1,852 (1) Derivative assets are included within financial instruments and other inventory positions owned on the consolidated statements of financial condition. (2) Derivative liabilities are included within financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company's derivative contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting, therefore, unrealized gains and losses are recorded on the consolidated statements of operations. The gains and losses on the related economically hedged inventory positions are not disclosed below as they are not in qualifying hedging relationships. The following table presents the Company's unrealized gains/(losses) on derivative instruments: (Amounts in thousands) Derivative Category Interest rate derivative contract........................ Interest rate derivative contract........................ Operations Category Investment banking Institutional brokerage Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ $ (1,407) $ (1,881) (3,288) $ (912) $ 2,417 1,505 $ (1,880) 334 (1,546) 84 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Credit risk associated with the Company's derivatives is the risk that a derivative counterparty will not perform in accordance with the terms of the applicable derivative contract. Credit exposure associated with the Company's derivatives is driven by uncollateralized market movements in the fair value of the contracts with counterparties and is monitored regularly by the Company's financial risk committee. The Company considers counterparty credit risk in determining derivative contract fair value. The majority of the Company's derivative contracts are substantially collateralized by its counterparties, who are major financial institutions. The Company has a limited number of counterparties who are not required to post collateral. Based on market movements, the uncollateralized amounts representing the fair value of a derivative contract can become material, exposing the Company to the credit risk of these counterparties. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $24.0 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with these counterparties (notional contract amount of $161.3 million), including $20.2 million of uncollateralized credit exposure with one counterparty. Note 7 Fair Value of Financial Instruments Based on the nature of the Company's business and its role as a "dealer" in the securities industry or as a manager of alternative asset management funds, the fair values of its financial instruments are determined internally. The Company's processes are designed to ensure that the fair values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are developed based on an evaluation of all relevant empirical market data, including prices evidenced by market transactions, interest rates, credit spreads, volatilities and correlations and other security-specific information. Valuation adjustments related to illiquidity or counterparty credit risk are also considered. In estimating fair value, the Company may utilize information provided by third party pricing vendors to corroborate internally-developed fair value estimates. The Company employs specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the fair value of its financial instruments. The Company's processes are designed to ensure that the internally-estimated fair values are accurately recorded and that the data inputs and the valuation techniques used are appropriate, consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value. Individuals outside of the trading departments perform independent pricing verification reviews as of each reporting date. The Company has established parameters which set forth when the fair value of securities are independently verified. The selection parameters are generally based upon the type of security, the level of estimation risk of a security, the materiality of the security to the Company's consolidated financial statements, changes in fair value from period to period, and other specific facts and circumstances of the Company's securities portfolio. In evaluating the initial internally-estimated fair values made by the Company's traders, the nature and complexity of securities involved (e.g., term, coupon, collateral, and other key drivers of value), level of market activity for securities, and availability of market data are considered. The independent price verification procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of trade data (both internal and external where available), corroboration to the valuation of positions with similar characteristics, risks and components, or comparison to an alternative pricing source, such as a discounted cash flow model. The Company's valuation committee, comprised of members of senior management and risk management, provides oversight and overall responsibility for the internal control processes and procedures related to fair value measurements. The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value. Cash Equivalents Cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Actively traded money market funds are measured at their net asset value and classified as Level I. Financial Instruments and Other Inventory Positions Owned The Company records financial instruments and other inventory positions owned and financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reflected on the consolidated statements of operations. 85 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Equity securities – Exchange traded equity securities are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these securities are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. Non-exchange traded equity securities (principally hybrid preferred securities) are measured primarily using broker quotations, prices observed for recently executed market transactions and internally- developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs and are categorized within Level II of the fair value hierarchy. Convertible securities – Convertible securities are valued based on observable trades, when available, and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Corporate fixed income securities – Fixed income securities include corporate bonds which are valued based on recently executed market transactions of comparable size, internally-developed fair value estimates based on observable inputs, or broker quotations. Accordingly, these corporate bonds are categorized as Level II. Taxable municipal securities – Taxable municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Tax-exempt municipal securities – Tax-exempt municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Short-term municipal securities – Short-term municipal securities include variable rate demand notes and other short- term municipal securities. Variable rate demand notes and other short-term municipal securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or market price quotations and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Mortgage-backed securities – Mortgage-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages are valued using cash flow models that utilize unobservable inputs including credit default rates, prepayment rates, loss severity and valuation yields. As judgment is used to determine the range of these inputs, these mortgage-backed securities are categorized as Level III. U.S. government agency securities – U.S. government agency securities include agency debt bonds and mortgage bonds. Agency debt bonds are valued by using either direct price quotes or price quotes for comparable bond securities and are categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds include bonds secured by mortgages, mortgage pass-through securities, agency collateralized mortgage-obligation ("CMO") securities and agency interest-only securities. Mortgage pass-through securities, CMO securities and interest-only securities are valued using recently executed observable trades or other observable inputs, such as prepayment speeds and therefore are generally categorized as Level II. Mortgage bonds are valued using observable market inputs, such as market yields on spreads over U.S. treasury securities, or models based upon prepayment expectations. These securities are categorized as Level II. U.S. government securities – U.S. government securities include highly liquid U.S. treasury securities which are generally valued using quoted market prices and therefore categorized as Level I. The Company does not transact in securities of countries other than the U.S. government. Derivative contracts – Derivative contracts include interest rate swaps, interest rate locks, U.S. treasury bond futures and options, and equity option contracts. These instruments derive their value from underlying assets, reference rates, indices or a combination of these factors. The Company's equity option derivative contracts are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange for identical assets or liabilities as of the period-end date. To the extent these contracts are actively traded and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized as Level I. The majority of the Company's interest rate derivative contracts, including both interest rate swaps and interest rate locks, are valued using market standard pricing models based on the net present value of estimated future cash flows. The valuation models used do not involve material subjectivity as the methodologies do not entail significant judgment and the pricing inputs are market observable, including contractual terms, yield curves and measures of volatility. These instruments are classified as Level II within the fair value hierarchy. Certain interest rate locks transact in less active markets and were valued using valuation models that included the previously mentioned observable inputs and certain unobservable inputs that required significant judgment, such as the premium over the MMD curve. These instruments are classified as Level III. 86 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Investments The Company's investments valued at fair value include equity investments in private companies and partnerships. Investments in private companies are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing, third party transactions and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples (e.g., multiples of revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")) and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized as Level III. Fair Value Option – The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by- instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The fair value option was elected for certain merchant banking and other investments at inception to reflect economic events in earnings on a timely basis. Merchant banking and other equity investments of $1.8 million and $2.1 million, included within investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition, were accounted for at fair value and were classified as Level III assets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The realized and unrealized net impact from fair value changes included in earnings as a result of electing to apply the fair value option to certain financial assets were gains of $0.2 million, losses of $0.6 million and gains of $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company's Level III financial instruments as of December 31, 2020: Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range Weighted Average (1) Assets Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Derivative contracts: Interest rate locks.................. Discounted cash flow Investments at fair value: Equity securities in private companies.............................. Market approach Premium over the MMD curve in basis points ("bps") (2) 1 - 3 bps 1.8 bps Revenue multiple (2) EBITDA multiple (2) 3 - 5 times 4.1 times 9 - 20 times 15.8 times Liabilities Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Derivative contracts: Interest rate locks.................. Discounted cash flow Premium over the MMD curve in bps (3) 0 - 8 bps 2.4 bps Uncertainty of fair value measurements: (1) Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the financial instruments. (2) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would have resulted in a significantly higher/(lower) fair value measurement. (3) Significant increase/(decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would have resulted in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement. 87 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company's financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2020: Level I Level II Level III Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting (1) Total (Amounts in thousands) Assets Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Corporate securities: Equity securities.............................. Convertible securities...................... Fixed income securities................... Municipal securities: Taxable securities............................ Tax-exempt securities...................... Short-term securities........................ Mortgage-backed securities............... U.S. government agency securities... U.S. government securities................ Derivative contracts........................... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned................. $ $ 330 — — 1,019 146,088 18,432 $ — — — — — 100,275 — 6,267 67,944 28,592 — 9,146 — 232,846 100,605 510,334 — — — — — — 13 — — 270 283 — $ $ — — — 1,349 146,088 18,432 — — — — — — (209,670) 6,267 67,944 28,592 13 9,146 100,275 23,446 (209,670) 401,552 — 468,091 Cash equivalents.................................. 468,091 — Investments at fair value...................... Total assets........................................... 16,496 585,192 $ 5,358 515,692 $ 152,995 (2) $ 153,278 — 174,849 (209,670) $ 1,044,492 $ Liabilities Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Corporate securities: Equity securities.............................. Fixed income securities................... U.S. government securities................ Derivative contracts........................... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased............................................ $ $ $ 102,013 — 21,669 — 3,177 18,789 — 223,737 — — — 3,706 $ $ — — — (222,061) 105,190 18,789 21,669 5,382 $ 123,682 $ 245,703 $ 3,706 $ (222,061) $ 151,030 (1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties. (2) Includes noncontrolling interests of $96.7 million primarily attributable to unrelated third party ownership in consolidated merchant banking funds. 88 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company's financial instruments by pricing observability levels defined in ASC 820 as of December 31, 2019: Level I Level II Level III Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting (1) Total (Amounts in thousands) Assets Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Corporate securities: Equity securities.............................. Convertible securities...................... Fixed income securities................... Municipal securities: Taxable securities............................ Tax-exempt securities...................... Short-term securities........................ Mortgage-backed securities............... U.S. government agency securities... U.S. government securities................ Derivative contracts........................... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned................. $ $ 469 — — $ 2,577 146,406 28,176 — — — — — 77,303 — 22,570 222,192 67,901 — 51,773 — 209,119 77,772 750,714 — — — — — — 13 — — 8 21 — $ $ — — — 3,046 146,406 28,176 — — — — — — (188,745) 22,570 222,192 67,901 13 51,773 77,303 20,382 (188,745) 639,762 — 226,744 Cash equivalents.................................. 226,744 — Investments at fair value...................... Total assets........................................... 17,658 322,174 $ — 750,714 $ 132,329 (2) $ 132,350 — 149,987 (188,745) $ 1,016,493 $ Liabilities Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Corporate securities: Equity securities.............................. Fixed income securities................... U.S. government agency securities... U.S. government securities................ Derivative contracts........................... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased............................................ $ $ $ 88,794 — — 67,090 — 5,242 10,311 9,935 — 198,604 — — — — 1,563 $ $ — — — — (196,114) 94,036 10,311 9,935 67,090 4,053 $ 155,884 $ 224,092 $ 1,563 $ (196,114) $ 185,425 (1) Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting on a counterparty basis. The Company had no securities posted as collateral to its counterparties. (2) Includes noncontrolling interests of $75.2 million primarily attributable to unrelated third party ownership in consolidated merchant banking funds. 89 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company's Level III assets were $153.3 million and $132.4 million, or 14.7 percent and 13.0 percent of financial instruments measured at fair value at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no significant transfers between levels for the year ended December 31, 2020. The following tables summarize the changes in fair value associated with Level III financial instruments held at the beginning or end of the periods presented: Balance at December 31, Transfers Transfers gains/ gains/ December 31, December 31, Realized Unrealized Balance at liabilities held at (Amounts in thousands) 2019 Purchases Sales in out (losses) (losses) 2020 2020 Unrealized gains/ (losses) for assets/ Assets Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Mortgage-backed securities...................... Derivative contracts....... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned............... $ 13 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 13 $ 8 1,005 (535) — 21 1,005 (535) — — — (470) 262 (470) 262 270 283 Investments at fair value.... 132,329 16,133 (6,285) — (130) (3,264) 14,212 152,995 Total assets........................ $ 132,350 $ 17,138 $ (6,820) $ — $ (130) $ (3,734) $ 14,474 $ 153,278 $ — 270 270 8,711 8,981 Liabilities Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Derivative contracts....... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased......................... $ 1,563 $ (14,983) $ 379 $ — $ — $ 14,604 $ 2,143 $ 3,706 $ 3,706 $ 1,563 $ (14,983) $ 379 $ — $ — $ 14,604 $ 2,143 $ 3,706 $ 3,706 90 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Balance at December 31, Transfers Transfers gains/ gains/ December 31, December 31, Realized Unrealized Balance at liabilities held at (Amounts in thousands) 2018 Purchases Sales in out (losses) (losses) 2019 2019 Unrealized gains/ (losses) for assets/ Assets Financial instruments and other inventory positions owned: Mortgage-backed securities...................... Derivative contracts....... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions owned............... $ 15 $ 229 — $ 42 (796) — (6) $ — $ — $ — — (23) $ 755 27 $ (222) 13 $ 8 732 (195) 21 — 8 8 244 42 (802) — Investments at fair value.... Total assets........................ $ 107,792 108,036 $ 23,666 $ (15,699) $ — $ (14,897) 23,624 — (783) (783) $ 2,901 3,633 $ 13,497 $ 13,692 132,329 132,350 $ 16,105 16,113 Liabilities Financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased: Derivative contracts....... Total financial instruments and other inventory positions sold, but not yet purchased......................... $ 4,202 $ (16,311) $ — $ — $ — $ 16,311 $ (2,639) $ 1,563 $ 1,563 $ 4,202 $ (16,311) $ — $ — $ — $ 16,311 $ (2,639) $ 1,563 $ 1,563 Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments, with the exception of customer matched-book derivatives, are reported in institutional brokerage on the consolidated statements of operations. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to customer matched-book derivatives are reported in investment banking. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) related to investments are reported in investment banking revenues or investment income on the consolidated statements of operations. The carrying values of the Company's cash, receivables and payables either from or to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and short- and long-term financings approximate fair value due to either their liquid or short-term nature. Note 8 Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") The Company has investments in and/or acts as the managing partner of various partnerships and limited liability companies. These entities were established for the purpose of investing in securities of public or private companies, or municipal debt obligations, and were initially financed through the capital commitments or seed investments of the members. VIEs are entities in which equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities. The determination as to whether an entity is a VIE is based on the structure and nature of each entity. The Company also considers other characteristics such as the power through voting rights or similar rights to direct the activities of an entity that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and how the entity is financed. The Company is required to consolidate all VIEs for which it is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The determination as to whether the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary is based on whether the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. 91 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Consolidated VIEs The Company's consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2020 include certain alternative asset management funds in which the Company has an investment and, as the managing partner, is deemed to have both the power to direct the most significant activities of the funds and the right to receive benefits (or the obligation to absorb losses) that could potentially be significant to these funds. The following table presents information about the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of the VIEs which are consolidated by the Company and included on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2020. The assets can only be used to settle the liabilities of the respective VIE, and the creditors of the VIEs do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. One of these VIEs has $25.0 million of bank line financing available with an interest rate based on prime plus an applicable margin. The assets and liabilities are presented prior to consolidation, and thus a portion of these assets and liabilities are eliminated in consolidation. (Amounts in thousands) Assets Investments.......................................................................................................................................... Other assets.......................................................................................................................................... Total assets.............................................................................................................................................. Liabilities Other liabilities and accrued expenses................................................................................................. Total liabilities........................................................................................................................................ Alternative Asset Management Funds $ $ $ $ 150,879 5,905 156,784 2,593 2,593 The Company has investments in a grantor trust which was established as part of a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the grantor trust. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the grantor trust are consolidated by the Company on the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Note 20 for additional information on the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Nonconsolidated VIEs The Company determined it is not the primary beneficiary of certain VIEs and accordingly does not consolidate them. These VIEs had net assets approximating $1.8 billion and $0.3 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company's exposure to loss from these VIEs is $7.8 million, which is the carrying value of its capital contributions recorded in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2020. The Company had no liabilities related to these VIEs at December 31, 2020 and 2019. Furthermore, the Company has not provided financial or other support to these VIEs that it was not previously contractually required to provide as of December 31, 2020. 92 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 9 Receivables from and Payables to Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations (Amounts in thousands) Receivable from clearing organizations..................................................................... Receivable from brokers and dealers.......................................................................... Other........................................................................................................................... Total receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations........................ (Amounts in thousands) Payable to brokers and dealers.................................................................................... Total payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations................................. December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 184,662 33,514 3,315 221,491 $ $ 260,436 19,161 3,511 283,108 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 18,591 18,591 $ $ 7,514 7,514 Under the Company's fully disclosed clearing agreement, the majority of its securities inventories and all of its customer activities are held by or cleared through Pershing LLC ("Pershing"). The Company has also established an arrangement to obtain financing from Pershing related to the majority of its trading activities. Financing under this arrangement is secured primarily by securities, and collateral limitations could reduce the amount of funding available under this arrangement. The funding is at the discretion of Pershing and could be denied. The Company's clearing arrangement activities are recorded net from trading activity. The Company's fully disclosed clearing agreement includes a covenant requiring Piper Sandler to maintain excess net capital of $120 million. Note 10 Investments The Company's investments include investments in private companies and partnerships. (Amounts in thousands) Investments at fair value............................................................................................. Investments at cost...................................................................................................... Investments accounted for under the equity method.................................................. Total investments..................................................................................................... Less investments attributable to noncontrolling interests (1)..................................... December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ $ 174,849 611 7,719 183,179 149,987 1,084 7,070 158,141 (96,657) 86,522 $ (75,245) 82,896 (1) Noncontrolling interests are primarily attributable to unrelated third party ownership in consolidated merchant banking funds. At December 31, 2020, investments carried on a cost basis had an estimated fair market value of $0.6 million. Because valuation estimates were based upon management's judgment, investments carried at cost would be categorized as Level III assets in the fair value hierarchy, if they were carried at fair value. Investments accounted for under the equity method include general and limited partnership interests. The carrying value of these investments is based on the investment vehicle's net asset value. The net assets of investment partnerships consist of investments in both marketable and non-marketable securities. The underlying investments held by such partnerships are valued based on the estimated fair value determined by management in the Company's capacity as general partner or investor and, in the case of investments in unaffiliated investment partnerships, are based on financial statements prepared by the unaffiliated general partners. 93 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 18,574 2,977 5,227 10,687 2,658 15,317 55,440 81,855 5,794 87,649 139,859 227,508 4,284 16,700 (4,298) 16,686 177,900 (44,728) 149,858 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 11 Other Assets (Amounts in thousands) Fee receivables............................................................................................................ Accrued interest receivables....................................................................................... Forgivable loans, net................................................................................................... Prepaid expenses......................................................................................................... Income tax receivables................................................................................................ Other........................................................................................................................... Total other assets...................................................................................................... $ $ 38,840 1,474 5,526 14,585 — 14,618 75,043 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Note 12 Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Amounts in thousands) Goodwill Balance at December 31, 2018 .................................................................................................................. Goodwill acquired ....................................................................................................................................... Balance at December 31, 2019 .................................................................................................................. Goodwill acquired ....................................................................................................................................... Balance at December 31, 2020 .................................................................................................................. Intangible assets Balance at December 31, 2018 .................................................................................................................. Intangible assets acquired ............................................................................................................................ Amortization of intangible assets ................................................................................................................ Balance at December 31, 2019 .................................................................................................................. Intangible assets acquired ............................................................................................................................ Amortization of intangible assets ................................................................................................................ Balance at December 31, 2020 .................................................................................................................. As discussed in Note 4, the addition of goodwill and intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2020 related to the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill, Valence and TRS. Management identified $157.8 million of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Sandler O'Neill, consisting of customer relationships of $72.4 million and the Sandler trade name of $85.4 million. The customer relationships will be amortized over a weighted average life of 2.4 years. The Sandler trade name is an indefinite-lived intangible asset and will not be subject to amortization. Management identified $14.8 million of customer relationship intangible assets related to the acquisition of Valence, which will be amortized over a weighted average life of 1.4 years. Management also identified $5.3 million of customer relationship intangible assets related to the acquisition of TRS, which will be amortized over one year. The addition of goodwill and intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the acquisition of Weeden & Co. Management identified $16.7 million of intangible assets, consisting of $12.0 million of customer relationships and $4.7 million of internally developed software, which are being amortized over a weighted average life of 8.4 years and 3.6 years, respectively. 94 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Intangible assets with determinable lives primarily consist of customer relationships and internally developed software. The following table summarizes the future aggregate amortization expense of the Company's intangible assets with determinable lives: (Amounts in thousands) 2021.............................................................................................................................................................. 2022.............................................................................................................................................................. 2023.............................................................................................................................................................. 2024.............................................................................................................................................................. 2025.............................................................................................................................................................. Thereafter..................................................................................................................................................... Total........................................................................................................................................................... $ $ 30,080 9,344 7,442 6,292 5,302 5,998 64,458 The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of October 31, 2020, which resulted in no impairment. The annual goodwill impairment testing for 2019 and 2018 resulted in no impairment associated with the Capital Markets reporting unit. The Company also evaluated its intangible assets and concluded there was no impairment in 2020, 2019 and 2018 associated with the Capital Markets reporting unit. Note 13 Fixed Assets (Amounts in thousands) Furniture and equipment............................................................................................. Leasehold improvements............................................................................................ Software...................................................................................................................... Total......................................................................................................................... Accumulated depreciation and amortization.............................................................. December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 $ $ 50,971 55,510 12,214 118,695 (74,883) 43,812 $ $ 44,018 39,714 12,109 95,841 (65,991) 29,850 For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, depreciation and amortization of furniture and equipment, leasehold improvements and software totaled $10.7 million, $9.3 million and $8.1 million, respectively, and are included in occupancy and equipment expense from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations. Note 14 Short-Term Financing (Amounts in thousands) Commercial paper.................................... Total short-term financing..................... Outstanding Balance December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Weighted Average Interest Rate December 31, December 31, 2019 2020 $ $ — — $ $ 49,978 49,978 — % 2.69 % The Company issues secured commercial paper to fund a portion of its securities inventory. The commercial paper notes ("CP Notes") can be issued with maturities of 27 days to 270 days from the date of issuance. The CP Notes are currently issued under the CP Series II A program, and are secured by different inventory classes. The CP Notes are interest bearing or sold at a discount to par with an interest rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin. CP Series II A includes a covenant that requires the Company's U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain excess net capital of $100 million. At December 31, 2020, the CP Series II A program had no outstanding balance. The Company retired the CP Series A program on January 2, 2020. 95 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company has an unsecured $50 million revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A. The credit agreement will terminate on December 20, 2022, unless otherwise terminated, and is subject to a one-year extension exercisable at the option of the Company. This credit facility includes customary events of default and covenants that, among other things, requires the Company's U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital of $120 million, limits the Company's leverage ratio, requires maintenance of a minimum ratio of operating cash flow to fixed charges, and imposes certain limitations on the Company's ability to make acquisitions and make payments on its capital stock. At December 31, 2020, there were no advances against this credit facility. In January 2021, the Company increased this credit facility from $50 million to $65 million. The Company's committed short-term bank line financing at December 31, 2020 consisted of a one-year $100 million committed revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank, N.A., which has been renewed annually in the fourth quarter of each year since 2008. Advances under this facility are secured by certain marketable securities. The facility includes a covenant that requires the Company's U.S. broker dealer subsidiary to maintain a minimum regulatory net capital of $120 million, and the unpaid principal amount of all advances under this facility will be due on December 10, 2021. The Company pays a nonrefundable commitment fee on the unused portion of the facility on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2020, the Company had no advances against this line of credit. Note 15 Long-Term Financing On October 15, 2019, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement with certain entities advised by Pacific Investment Management Company ("PIMCO"), under which the Company issued unsecured fixed rate senior notes ("Notes") in the amount of $175 million. The Notes consist of two classes, Class A Notes and Class B Notes, with principal amounts of $50 million and $125 million, respectively. The Class A Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 4.74 percent and mature on October 15, 2021. The Class B Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.20 percent and mature on October 15, 2023. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually. The unpaid principal amounts are due in full on the respective maturity dates and may not be prepaid by the Company. On April 3, 2020, the Company entered into unsecured promissory notes as part of the acquisition of Valence totaling $20 million. The Valence Notes bear interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.0 percent and mature on October 15, 2021. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The Valence Notes were repaid in early 2021. Long-term financing arrangements are recorded at amortized cost which approximates fair value at December 31, 2020. Note 16 Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees Legal Contingencies The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including complaints and litigation and arbitration claims, arising from its business activities. Such actions include claims related to securities brokerage and investment banking activities, and certain class actions that primarily allege violations of securities laws and seek unspecified damages, which could be substantial. Also, the Company is involved from time to time in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations ("SROs") which could result in adverse judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or other relief. The Company has established reserves for potential losses that are probable and reasonably estimable that may result from pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings. Reasonably possible losses in excess of amounts accrued at December 31, 2020 are not material. In many cases, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount or range of any potential loss, particularly where proceedings may be in relatively early stages or where plaintiffs are seeking substantial or indeterminate damages. Matters frequently need to be more developed before a loss or range of loss can reasonably be estimated. 96 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Given uncertainties regarding the timing, scope, volume and outcome of pending and potential legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings and other factors, the amounts of reserves and ranges of reasonably possible losses are difficult to determine and of necessity subject to future revision. Subject to the foregoing, management of the Company believes, based on currently available information, after consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account its established reserves, that pending legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. However, if during any period a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves, the results of operations and cash flows in that period and the financial condition as of the end of that period could be materially adversely affected. In addition, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been brought to the Company's attention or are not yet determined to be reasonably possible. Litigation-related reserve activity included within other operating expenses from continuing operations was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Operating Lease Commitments The Company leases office space throughout the United States and in a limited number of foreign countries where the Company's international operations reside. Aggregate minimum lease commitments on an undiscounted basis for the Company's operating leases (including short-term leases) as of December 31, 2020 were as follows: (Amounts in thousands) 2021................................................................................................................................................................ 2022................................................................................................................................................................ 2023................................................................................................................................................................ 2024................................................................................................................................................................ 2025................................................................................................................................................................ Thereafter....................................................................................................................................................... Total............................................................................................................................................................. $ $ 24,345 22,589 18,421 16,185 14,060 22,471 118,071 Total minimum rentals to be received from 2021 through 2024 under noncancelable subleases were $1.5 million at December 31, 2020. The following table summarizes the Company's operating lease costs and sublease income from continuing operations subsequent to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)" on January 1, 2019: (Amounts in millions) Operating lease costs......................................................................................................... Operating lease costs related to short-term leases............................................................. Sublease income................................................................................................................ $ Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 21.9 $ 0.8 1.8 12.1 0.7 1.6 At December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases was 5.6 years and the weighted average discount rate was 4.0 percent. Investment Commitments As of December 31, 2020, the Company had commitments to invest approximately $66.0 million in limited partnerships or limited liability companies that make direct or indirect equity or debt investments in companies. 97 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Other Guarantees The Company is a member of numerous exchanges. Under the membership agreements with these entities, members generally are required to guarantee the performance of other members, and if a member becomes unable to satisfy its obligations to the exchange, other members would be required to meet shortfalls. To mitigate these performance risks, the exchanges often require members to post collateral. In addition, the Company identifies and guarantees certain clearing agents against specified potential losses in connection with providing services to the Company or its affiliates. The Company's maximum potential liability under these arrangements cannot be quantified. However, management believes the likelihood that the Company would be required to make payments under these arrangements is remote. Accordingly, no liability is recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition for these arrangements. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company provides investment, capital-raising and related services to a diverse group of domestic and foreign customers, including governments, corporations, and institutional and individual investors. The Company's exposure to credit risk associated with the non-performance of customers in fulfilling their contractual obligations pursuant to securities transactions can be directly impacted by volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes. This exposure is measured on an individual customer basis and on a group basis for customers that share similar attributes. To alleviate the potential for risk concentrations, counterparty credit limits have been implemented for certain products and are continually monitored in light of changing customer and market conditions. Note 17 Restructuring and Integration Costs The Company incurred restructuring and integration costs from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily in conjunction with its acquisition of Sandler O'Neill, which closed on January 3, 2020, its acquisition of Valence, which closed on April 3, 2020, and its acquisition of TRS, which closed on December 31, 2020. The Company incurred restructuring and integration costs from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily in conjunction with its acquisition of Weeden & Co., which closed on August 2, 2019, and the pending acquisition of Sandler O'Neill. The Company incurred restructuring costs from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily related to headcount reductions. (Amounts in thousands) Severance, benefits and outplacement............................................... Contract termination.......................................................................... Vacated leased office space............................................................... Total restructuring costs.................................................................. $ Integration costs.............................................................................. Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 $ 3,032 891 2,481 6,404 4,351 $ 2,938 2,798 1,726 7,462 6,859 3,183 185 130 3,498 — Total restructuring and integration costs........................................... $ 10,755 $ 14,321 $ 3,498 98 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 18 Shareholders' Equity The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. Common Stock The holders of the Company's common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock of Piper Sandler Companies, the holders of its common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared out of funds legally available for that purpose. There are also restrictions on the payment of dividends as set forth in Note 23. The Company's board of directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis, and is free to change the Company's dividend policy at any time. Dividends The Company's current dividend policy includes both a quarterly and an annual special cash dividend. The annual special cash dividend is payable in the first quarter of each year, beginning in 2018, with the intention of returning a metric based on net income from the previous fiscal year. In 2020, the Company declared and paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, aggregating $1.25 per share, and an annual special cash dividend on its common stock related to fiscal year 2019 results of $0.75 per share, totaling $28.2 million. In 2019, the Company declared and paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, aggregating $1.50 per share, and an annual special cash dividend on its common stock related to fiscal year 2018 results of $1.01 per share, totaling $35.6 million. In 2018, the Company declared and paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, aggregating $1.50 per share, and an annual special cash dividend on its common stock related to fiscal year 2017 results of $1.62 per share, totaling $47.2 million. On February 4, 2021, the board of directors declared both a quarterly and annual special cash dividend on its common stock of $0.40 and $1.85 per share, respectively, to be paid on March 12, 2021, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 3, 2021. In the event that Piper Sandler Companies is liquidated or dissolved, the holders of its common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to any prior distribution rights of Piper Sandler Companies preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Currently, there is no outstanding preferred stock. The holders of the common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to Piper Sandler Companies common stock. 99 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Share Repurchases Effective January 1, 2020, the Company's board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150.0 million in common shares through December 31, 2021. In 2020, the Company repurchased 188,319 shares at an average price of $69.72 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $13.1 million related to this authorization. The Company has $136.9 million remaining under this authorization. Effective September 30, 2017, the Company's board of directors authorized the repurchase of up to $150.0 million in common shares, which expired on September 30, 2019. In 2019, the Company repurchased 501 shares at an average price of $64.80 per share related to this authorization. In 2018, the Company repurchased 681,233 shares at an average price of $69.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $47.1 million related to this authorization. The Company also purchases shares of common stock from restricted stock award recipients upon the award vesting or as recipients sell shares to meet their employment tax obligations. The Company purchased 105,193 shares or $8.8 million; 701,217 shares or $50.6 million; and 279,664 shares or $23.8 million of the Company's common stock for these purposes during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Issuance of Shares The Company issues common shares out of treasury stock as a result of employee restricted share vesting and exercise transactions as discussed in Note 20. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company issued 309,089 shares, 1,415,147 shares and 1,040,015 shares, respectively, related to these obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company also issued 34,205 common shares out of treasury stock for Sandler O'Neill deal consideration, as discussed in Note 4. Preferred Stock The Piper Sandler Companies board of directors has the authority, without action by its shareholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights associated with the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of common stock until the Piper Sandler Companies board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, the following: restricting dividends on its common stock, diluting the voting power of its common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of its common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of Piper Sandler Companies without further action by its shareholders. Noncontrolling Interests The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Piper Sandler Companies, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. Noncontrolling interests represent equity interests in consolidated entities that are not attributable, either directly or indirectly, to Piper Sandler Companies. Noncontrolling interests primarily represent the minority equity holders' proportionate share of the equity in the Company's merchant banking funds. Ownership interests in entities held by parties other than the Company's common shareholders are presented as noncontrolling interests within shareholders' equity, separate from the Company's own equity. Revenues, expenses and net income or loss are reported on the consolidated statements of operations on a consolidated basis, which includes amounts attributable to both the Company's common shareholders and noncontrolling interests. Net income or loss is then allocated between the Company and noncontrolling interests based upon their relative ownership interests. Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests is deducted from consolidated net income to determine net income applicable to the Company. There was no other comprehensive income or loss attributed to noncontrolling interests for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 100 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 19 Employee Benefit Plans The Company has various employee benefit plans, and substantially all employees are covered by at least one plan. The plans include health and welfare plans and a tax-qualified retirement plan (the "Retirement Plan"). During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred employee benefits expenses from continuing operations of $25.5 million, $18.4 million and $18.1 million, respectively. Health and Welfare Plans Company employees who meet certain work schedule and service requirements are eligible to participate in the Company's health and welfare plans. The Company subsidizes the cost of coverage for employees. The health plans contain cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The Company is self-insured for losses related to health claims, although it obtains third party stop loss insurance coverage on both an individual and a group plan basis. Self-insured liabilities are based on a number of factors, including historical claims experience, an estimate of claims incurred but not reported and valuations provided by third party actuaries. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recognized expense of $14.7 million, $10.6 million and $10.7 million, respectively, in compensation and benefits expense from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations related to its health plans. Retirement Plan The Retirement Plan consists of a defined contribution retirement savings plan. The defined contribution retirement savings plan allows qualified employees, at their option, to make contributions through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions are 100 percent matched by the Company to a maximum of six percent of recognized compensation up to the social security taxable wage base. Although the Company's matching contribution vests immediately, a participant must be employed on December 31 to receive that year's matching contribution. 101 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 20 Compensation Plans Stock-Based Compensation Plans The Company has three outstanding stock-based compensation plans: the Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"), the 2019 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the "2019 Inducement Plan") and the 2020 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the "2020 Inducement Plan"). The Company's equity awards are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations at grant date fair value over the service period of the award, less forfeitures. The following table provides a summary of the Company's outstanding equity awards (in shares or units) as of December 31, 2020: Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Annual grants............................................................................................................................................. Sign-on grants............................................................................................................................................ 456,066 103,405 559,471 2019 Inducement Plan Restricted Stock ........................................................................................................................................ 97,100 2020 Inducement Plan Restricted Stock ........................................................................................................................................ 1,328,301 Total restricted stock related to compensation ......................................................................................... 1,984,872 Deal Consideration (1) ................................................................................................................................ 2,327,685 Total restricted stock outstanding ............................................................................................................. 4,312,557 Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Units Leadership grants....................................................................................................................................... 146,048 Incentive Plan Stock Options ............................................................................................................................................ 81,667 (1) The Company issued restricted stock with service conditions as part of deal consideration for the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill, Valence and TRS. See Note 4 for further discussion. Incentive Plan The Incentive Plan permits the grant of equity awards, including restricted stock, restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options, to the Company's employees and directors for up to 9.4 million shares of common stock (1.7 million shares remained available for future issuance under the Incentive Plan as of December 31, 2020). The Company believes that such awards help align the interests of employees and directors with those of shareholders and serve as an employee retention tool. The Incentive Plan provides for accelerated vesting of awards if there is a severance event, a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Incentive Plan), in the event of a participant's death, and at the discretion of the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors. 102 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Restricted Stock Awards Restricted stock grants are valued at the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and are amortized over the requisite service period. The Company grants shares of restricted stock to employees as part of year-end compensation ("Annual Grants") and upon initial hiring or as a retention award ("Sign-on Grants"). The Company's Annual Grants are made each year in February. Annual Grants vest ratably over three years in equal installments. The Annual Grants provide for continued vesting after termination of employment, so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreements entered into upon termination. The Company determined the service inception date precedes the grant date for the Annual Grants, and that the post-termination restrictions do not meet the criteria for an in-substance service condition, as defined by ASC 718. Accordingly, restricted stock granted as part of the Annual Grants is expensed in the one-year period in which those awards are deemed to be earned, which is generally the calendar year preceding the February grant date. For example, the Company recognized compensation expense during fiscal year 2020 for its February 2021 Annual Grant. If an equity award related to the Annual Grants is forfeited as a result of violating the post-termination restrictions, the lower of the fair value of the award at grant date or the fair value of the award at the date of forfeiture is recorded within the consolidated statements of operations as a reversal of compensation expense. Sign-on Grants are used as a recruiting tool for new employees and are issued to current employees as a retention tool. These awards have both cliff and ratable vesting terms, and the employees must fulfill service requirements in exchange for rights to the awards. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis from the grant date over the requisite service period, generally three to five years. Employees forfeit unvested shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded. Annually, the Company grants stock to its non-employee directors. The stock-based compensation paid to non-employee directors is fully expensed on the grant date and included within outside services expense on the consolidated statements of operations. Restricted Stock Units The Company grants restricted stock units to its leadership team ("Leadership Grants"). Leadership Grants Subsequent to 2016 Restricted stock units granted in each of the years subsequent to 2016 will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of each 36-month performance period only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and/or market conditions over the performance period. Under the terms of these awards, the number of units that will actually vest and convert to shares will be based on the extent to which the Company achieves specified targets during each performance period. The maximum payout leverage under these grants is 150 percent. 103 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Up to 75 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company achieving certain average adjusted return on equity targets, as defined in the terms of the award agreements. The fair value of this portion of the award was based on the closing price of the Company's common stock on the grant date. If the Company determines that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved, compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the 36-month performance period. The probability that the performance condition will be achieved is reevaluated each reporting period with changes in estimated outcomes accounted for using a cumulative effect adjustment to compensation expense. Compensation expense will be recognized only if the performance condition is met. Employees forfeit unvested restricted stock units upon termination of employment with a corresponding reversal of compensation expense. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has determined that the probability of achieving the performance condition for each award is as follows: Grant Year 2020........................................................................................................................................... 2019........................................................................................................................................... 2018........................................................................................................................................... Probability of Achieving Performance Condition 75% 75% 57% Up to 75 percent of the award can be earned based on the Company's total shareholder return relative to members of a predetermined peer group. The market condition must be met for the awards to vest and compensation cost will be recognized regardless if the market condition is satisfied. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the 36-month requisite service period. Employees forfeit unvested restricted stock units upon termination of employment with a corresponding reversal of compensation expense. For this portion of the awards, the fair value on the grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions: Grant Year 2020............................................................................................................................... 2019............................................................................................................................... 2018............................................................................................................................... 2017............................................................................................................................... Risk-free Interest Rate 1.40% 2.50% 2.40% 1.62% Expected Stock Price Volatility 27.3% 31.9% 34.8% 35.9% Because the market condition portion of the awards vesting depend on the Company's total shareholder return relative to a peer group, the valuation modeled the performance of the peer group as well as the correlation between the Company and the peer group. The expected stock price volatility assumptions were determined using historical volatility, as correlation coefficients can only be developed through historical volatility. The risk-free interest rates were determined based on three- year U.S. Treasury bond yields. The compensation committee of the Company's board of directors included defined retirement provisions in its Leadership Grants, beginning with the February 2018 grant. Certain grantees meeting defined age and service requirements will be fully vested in the awards as long as performance and post-termination obligations are met throughout the performance period. These retirement-eligible grants are expensed in the period in which those awards are deemed to be earned, which is the calendar year preceding the February grant date. 2016 Leadership Grant Restricted stock units granted in 2016 contain market condition criteria and convert to shares of common stock at the end of the 36-month performance period only if the Company's stock performance satisfies predetermined market conditions over the performance period. Under the terms of the award, the number of units that vested and converted to shares was based on the Company's stock performance achieving specified targets during the performance period. All units vested in full. Compensation expense was recognized over the 36-month performance period which ended in May 2019. 104 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Up to 50 percent of the award was earned based on the Company's total shareholder return relative to members of a predetermined peer group and up to 50 percent of the award was earned based on the Company's total shareholder return. The fair value of the award on the grant date was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation with the following assumptions pursuant to the methodology above: Grant Year 2016............................................................................................................................... Risk-free Interest Rate 0.98% Expected Stock Price Volatility 34.9% Stock Options On February 15, 2018, the Company granted options to certain executive officers. These options are expensed on a straight-line basis over the required service period of five years, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant. The exercise price per share is equal to the closing price on the date of grant plus 10 percent. These options are subject to graded vesting, beginning on the third anniversary of the grant date, so long as the employee remains continuously employed by the Company. The maximum term of these stock options is ten years. The fair value of this stock option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: Risk-free interest rate.................................................................................................................................... Dividend yield............................................................................................................................................... Expected stock price volatility...................................................................................................................... Expected life of options (in years)................................................................................................................ Fair value of options granted (per share)....................................................................................................... $ 2.82 % 3.22 % 37.20 % 7.0 24.49 The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the U.S. Treasury bond yield with a maturity equal to the expected life of the options. The dividend yield assumption was based on the assumed dividend payout over the expected life of the options. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using historical volatility, as correlation coefficients can only be developed through historical volatility. Inducement Plans Inducement plan awards are amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over each respective vesting period. Employees forfeit unvested shares upon termination of employment and a reversal of compensation expense is recorded. The Company established the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the "2016 Inducement Plan") in conjunction with the acquisition of Simmons & Company International ("Simmons"). The Company granted $11.6 million (286,776 shares) in restricted stock under the 2016 Inducement Plan on May 16, 2016. All outstanding shares cliff vested on May 16, 2019 and the 2016 Inducement Plan was terminated in July 2019. The Company established the 2019 Inducement Plan in conjunction with its acquisition of Weeden & Co. On August 2, 2019, the Company granted $7.3 million (97,752 shares) in restricted stock. These restricted shares are subject to graded vesting, generally beginning on the third anniversary of the grant date through August 2, 2023. 105 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company established the 2020 Inducement Plan in conjunction with its acquisition of Sandler O'Neill. On January 3, 2020, the Company granted $96.9 million (1,217,423 shares) in restricted stock. These restricted shares have both cliff and graded vesting terms with vesting periods of 18 months, three years or five years (with a weighted average service period of 3.7 years). On April 3, 2020, the Company granted $5.5 million (114,000 shares) in restricted stock under the 2020 Inducement Plan in conjunction with its acquisition of Valence. These restricted shares are subject to graded vesting, generally beginning on the third anniversary of the grant date through April 3, 2025. On December 31, 2020, the Company granted $2.9 million (29,194 shares) in restricted stock under the 2020 Inducement Plan in conjunction with its acquisition of TRS. These restricted shares are subject to ratable vesting over a three-year vesting period. Stock-Based Compensation Activity The following table summarizes the Company's stock-based compensation activity within continuing operations: (Amounts in millions) Stock-based compensation expense.................................................... Forfeitures........................................................................................... Tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense.................. $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 120.8 $ 2.3 15.6 30.8 $ 2.6 5.4 43.2 0.9 6.9 The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's unvested restricted stock: Unvested Restricted Stock (in Shares) Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value December 31, 2017 .......................................................................................... Granted............................................................................................................... Vested................................................................................................................ Canceled............................................................................................................. December 31, 2018 .......................................................................................... Granted............................................................................................................... Vested................................................................................................................ Canceled............................................................................................................. December 31, 2019 .......................................................................................... Granted............................................................................................................... Vested................................................................................................................ Canceled............................................................................................................. December 31, 2020 .......................................................................................... 2,225,617 310,494 (945,550) (20,766) 1,569,795 463,088 (1,306,844) (31,814) 694,225 3,968,340 (283,934) (66,074) 4,312,557 $ $ $ $ 46.40 88.18 47.65 54.53 53.80 74.05 47.30 76.20 78.52 74.82 80.64 77.68 74.99 The fair value of restricted stock that vested during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $22.9 million, $61.8 million and $45.1 million, respectively. 106 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's unvested restricted stock units: December 31, 2017 .......................................................................................... Granted .............................................................................................................. Vested ............................................................................................................... Canceled ............................................................................................................ December 31, 2018 .......................................................................................... Granted .............................................................................................................. Vested ............................................................................................................... Canceled ............................................................................................................ December 31, 2019 .......................................................................................... Granted .............................................................................................................. Vested ............................................................................................................... Canceled ............................................................................................................ December 31, 2020 .......................................................................................... Unvested Restricted Stock Units Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value 244,772 53,796 (86,511) (17,806) 194,251 39,758 (103,707) (15,987) 114,315 56,066 (18,255) (6,078) 146,048 $ $ $ $ 27.89 92.93 21.83 23.91 48.97 75.78 19.93 45.79 85.09 86.01 84.10 84.10 85.60 As of December 31, 2020, there was $210.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock and restricted stock units expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years. The following table summarizes the changes in the Company's outstanding stock options: December 31, 2017 ................................. Granted ..................................................... Exercised .................................................. Canceled ................................................... Expired ..................................................... December 31, 2018 ................................. Granted ..................................................... Exercised .................................................. Canceled ................................................... Expired ..................................................... December 31, 2019 ................................. Granted ..................................................... Exercised .................................................. Canceled ................................................... Expired ..................................................... December 31, 2020 ................................. Options Outstanding — 81,667 — — — 81,667 — — — — 81,667 — — — — 81,667 $ Weighted Average Exercise Price — $ 99.00 — — — 99.00 — — — — 99.00 — — — — 99.00 $ $ Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in Years) — Aggregate Intrinsic Value — $ 9.1 8.1 $ $ — — 7.1 $ 155,167 As of December 31, 2020, there was $0.8 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years. There were no exercisable options during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Company has a policy of issuing shares out of treasury (to the extent available) to satisfy share option exercises and restricted stock vesting. The Company expects to withhold approximately 0.1 million shares from employee equity awards vesting in 2021, related to employee individual income tax withholding obligations on restricted stock vesting. For accounting purposes, withholding shares to cover employees' tax obligations is deemed to be a repurchase of shares by the Company. 107 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Deferred Compensation Plans The Company maintains various deferred compensation arrangements for employees. The Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan is a fully funded deferred compensation plan which allowed eligible employees to receive a portion of their incentive compensation in restricted mutual fund shares ("MFRS Awards") of investment funds. MFRS Awards are awarded to qualifying employees in February of each year, and represent a portion of their compensation for performance in the preceding year similar to the Company's Annual Grants. MFRS Awards vest ratably over three years in equal installments and provide for continued vesting after termination of employment so long as the employee does not violate certain post-termination restrictions set forth in the award agreement or any agreement entered into upon termination. Forfeitures are recorded as a reduction of compensation and benefits expense within the consolidated statements of operations. MFRS Awards are owned by employee recipients (subject to aforementioned vesting restrictions) and as such are not included on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company recorded compensation expense from continuing operations of $77.2 million, $45.5 million and $50.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to employee MFRS Awards, less forfeitures. Forfeitures were $5.8 million, $3.3 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The nonqualified deferred compensation plan is an unfunded plan which allows certain highly compensated employees, at their election, to defer a portion of their compensation. This plan was closed to future deferral elections by participants for performance periods beginning after December 31, 2017. The amounts deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust. The Company invests, as a principal, in investments to economically hedge its obligation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Investments in the grantor trust, consisting of mutual funds, totaled $16.3 million and $16.7 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are included in investments on the consolidated statements of financial condition. A corresponding deferred compensation liability is included in accrued compensation on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The compensation deferred by the employees was expensed in the period earned. Changes in the fair value of the investments made by the Company are reported in investment income and changes in the corresponding deferred compensation liability are reflected as compensation and benefits expense on the consolidated statements of operations. The Company entered into acquisition-related compensation arrangements with certain employees for retention and incentive purposes in conjunction with its acquisition of Simmons. Additional cash compensation was available to certain employees subject to exceeding an investment banking revenue threshold during the three-year Simmons post-acquisition period, which ended on February 26, 2019. The Company accrued $40.1 million related to this performance award plan, which was paid in August 2019. Amounts payable related to this performance award plan were recorded as compensation expense from continuing operations on the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite performance period of three years. The Company recorded $0.6 million and $8.9 million as compensation expense from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 108 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 21 Earnings Per Share ("EPS") Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. For periods prior to 2020, the Company calculated EPS using the two-class method. Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders represented net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies reduced by the allocation of earnings to participating securities. No allocation of undistributed earnings was made for periods in which a loss was incurred, or for periods in which cash dividends exceeded net income resulting in an undistributed loss. Distributed earnings (e.g., dividends) were allocated to participating securities. Prior to the February 2019 Annual Grant (the "2019 Annual Grant"), all of the Company's restricted shares were deemed to be participating securities as they were eligible to share in the profits (e.g., receive dividends) of the Company. The Company's restricted stock units, as well as restricted stock grants issued in 2019 and subsequent periods, are not participating securities as they are not eligible to receive dividends, or the dividends are forfeitable until vested. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average outstanding shares to assume conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options, restricted stock units and non-participating restricted shares. The computation of EPS is as follows: (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Net income from continuing operations applicable to $ Piper Sandler Companies......................................................... Net income from discontinued operations............................... Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies.................. Earnings allocated to participating securities.......................... Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders.............................................................................. $ Shares for basic and diluted calculations: Average shares used in basic computation.............................. Restricted stock units............................................................... Non-participating restricted shares.......................................... Average shares used in diluted computation.............................. Earnings per basic common share: Income from continuing operations........................................ Income from discontinued operations..................................... Earnings per basic common share......................................... Earnings per diluted common share: Income from continuing operations........................................ Income from discontinued operations..................................... Earnings per diluted common share...................................... $ $ $ $ Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 40,504 $ 87,939 $ 55,649 — 40,504 — 23,772 111,711 (4,511) (1) 1,387 57,036 (7,043) (1) 40,504 $ 107,200 (2) $ 49,993 (2) 13,781 135 985 14,901 2.94 — 2.94 2.72 — 2.72 $ $ $ $ 13,555 162 220 13,937 6.21 1.69 7.90 6.05 1.65 7.69 $ $ $ $ 13,234 191 — 13,425 3.68 0.09 3.78 3.63 0.09 3.72 (1) Represents the allocation of distributed and undistributed earnings to participating securities. No allocation of undistributed earnings is made for periods in which a loss is incurred, or for periods in which cash dividends exceed net income resulting in an undistributed loss. Distributed earnings (e.g., dividends) are allocated to participating securities. Participating securities include the Company's unvested restricted shares issued prior to the 2019 Annual Grant. The weighted average participating shares outstanding were 513,220 and 1,868,883 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. (2) Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders for diluted and basic EPS may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding the effect of the assumed exercise of stock options, restricted stock units and non-participating restricted shares to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders and participating securities for purposes of calculating diluted and basic EPS. 109 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The average shares used in the diluted computation excluded anti-dilutive stock options and non-participating restricted shares of 1.7 million and 0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The anti-dilutive effects from stock options, restricted stock units and non-participating restricted shares were immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2018. Note 22 Revenues and Business Information The Company's activities as an investment bank and institutional securities firm constitute a single business segment. The substantial majority of the Company's net revenues and long-lived assets are located in the U.S. Reportable financial results from continuing operations are as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Capital Markets Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 2020 Investment banking Advisory services........................................................................ Corporate financing..................................................................... Municipal financing.................................................................... Total investment banking.............................................................. $ $ 443,327 295,333 119,816 858,476 Institutional brokerage Equity brokerage......................................................................... Fixed income services................................................................. Total institutional brokerage......................................................... Interest income.............................................................................. Investment income......................................................................... 161,445 196,308 357,753 13,164 23,265 440,695 105,256 83,441 629,392 87,555 80,336 167,891 26,741 22,275 $ 394,133 123,072 71,773 588,978 77,110 47,628 124,738 32,749 11,039 Total revenues............................................................................... 1,252,658 846,299 757,504 Interest expense............................................................................. 14,445 11,733 16,551 Net revenues.................................................................................. 1,238,213 834,566 740,953 Non-interest expenses (1).............................................................. 1,169,665 715,587 668,464 Pre-tax income.............................................................................. $ 68,548 $ 118,979 $ 72,489 Pre-tax margin............................................................................... 5.5 % 14.3 % 9.8 % (1) Non-interest expenses include intangible asset amortization of $44.7 million, $4.3 million and $4.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 110 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 23 Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters Piper Sandler is registered as a securities broker dealer with the SEC and is a member of various SROs and securities exchanges. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA"), serves as Piper Sandler's primary SRO. Piper Sandler is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of FINRA. Piper Sandler has elected to use the alternative method permitted by the SEC rule which requires that it maintain minimum net capital of $1.0 million. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated debt, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals by Piper Sandler are subject to certain approvals, notifications and other provisions of SEC and FINRA rules. At December 31, 2020, net capital calculated under the SEC rule was $212.9 million, and exceeded the minimum net capital required under the SEC rule by $211.9 million. The Company's committed short-term credit facility, revolving credit facility and its Notes with PIMCO include covenants requiring Piper Sandler to maintain minimum net capital of $120 million. CP Notes issued under CP Series II A include a covenant that requires Piper Sandler to maintain excess net capital of $100 million. The Company's fully disclosed clearing agreement with Pershing also includes a covenant requiring Piper Sandler to maintain excess net capital of $120 million. Piper Sandler Ltd., a broker dealer subsidiary registered in the United Kingdom, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. As of December 31, 2020, Piper Sandler Ltd. was in compliance with the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority and the Financial Conduct Authority. Piper Sandler Hong Kong Limited is licensed by the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, which is subject to the liquid capital requirements of the Securities and Futures (Financial Resources) Rule promulgated under the Securities and Futures Ordinance. At December 31, 2020, Piper Sandler Hong Kong Limited was in compliance with the liquid capital requirements of the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission. Note 24 Income Taxes Income tax expense/(benefit) is provided using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between amounts reported for income tax purposes and financial statement purposes, using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act"), which was enacted by the U.S. federal government on March 27, 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, contains tax provisions allowing a five-year carry back of any net operating losses incurred during federal tax years 2018, 2019 and 2020, to periods when the corporate federal tax rate was 35 percent. ASC 740 requires companies to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded $2.4 million of income tax benefits related to the tax provisions in the CARES Act. SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, "Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act" ("SAB 118") permitted companies to report a provisional amount in the financial statements if the accounting for income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was incomplete as of December 31, 2017. This provisional amount would be subject to adjustment during a defined measurement period. Pursuant to SAB 118, the Company recorded an additional $1.0 million of income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. 111 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The components of income tax expense from continuing operations are as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Current: Federal.................................................................................... State........................................................................................ Foreign.................................................................................... $ Deferred: Federal.................................................................................... State........................................................................................ Foreign.................................................................................... Total income tax expense from continuing operations.............. Total income tax expense from discontinued operations.......... $ $ 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 43,445 14,551 150 58,146 (27,995) (10,510) (449) (38,954) 19,192 — $ $ $ (404) $ 123 96 (185) 19,071 5,517 174 24,762 24,577 8,370 $ $ 16,351 4,784 276 21,411 (7,326) (524) 4,485 (3,365) 18,046 1,001 A reconciliation of federal income taxes from continuing operations at statutory rates to the Company's effective tax rates is as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Federal income tax expense at statutory rates........................... Increase/(reduction) in taxes resulting from: Impact of the CARES Act...................................................... Impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act...................................... State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit......................... Net tax-exempt interest income.............................................. Foreign jurisdictions tax rate differential................................ Non-deductible compensation................................................ Change in valuation allowance............................................... Vestings of stock awards........................................................ Loss/(income) attributable to noncontrolling interests........... Other, net................................................................................ Total income tax expense from continuing operations.............. 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 14,395 $ 24,986 $ 15,223 (2,438) — 4,396 (1,661) 48 6,163 446 (337) (1,859) 39 19,192 $ — — 4,906 (1,643) (438) 3,293 (209) (5,171) (1,357) 210 24,577 $ — 952 3,390 (3,034) 1,067 1,999 5,299 (7,052) 253 (51) 18,046 $ In accordance with ASC 740, U.S. income taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries that are permanently reinvested. As of December 31, 2020, no deferred taxes have been provided for withholding taxes or other taxes that would result upon repatriation of the Company's foreign earnings to the U.S. 112 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes. The net deferred income tax assets consisted of the following items: (Amounts in thousands) Deferred tax assets: December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Deferred compensation............................................................................................ Accrued lease liability.............................................................................................. Goodwill tax basis in excess of book basis.............................................................. Net operating loss carryforwards............................................................................. Liabilities/accruals not currently deductible............................................................ Other......................................................................................................................... Total deferred tax assets......................................................................................... Valuation allowance............................................................................................... $ $ 78,155 24,067 30,174 4,665 1,357 2,478 140,896 (5,045) 54,969 13,531 11,059 4,965 1,530 3,852 89,906 (4,599) Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance..................................................... 135,851 85,307 Deferred tax liabilities: Right-of-use lease asset............................................................................................ Unrealized gains on firm investments...................................................................... Fixed assets.............................................................................................................. Other......................................................................................................................... Total deferred tax liabilities................................................................................... 19,759 5,610 5,686 577 31,632 9,289 3,988 3,408 587 17,272 Net deferred tax assets................................................................................................ $ 104,219 $ 68,035 The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded to the extent that it is more likely than not that any portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company believes that its future tax profits will be sufficient to recognize its deferred tax assets, with the exception of $5.0 million in state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. 113 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, which requires tax reserves to be recorded for uncertain tax positions on the consolidated statements of financial condition. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: (Amounts in thousands) Balance at December 31, 2017 .................................................................................................................. Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ...................................................................... Additions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................... Reductions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................. Settlements .................................................................................................................................................. Balance at December 31, 2018 .................................................................................................................. Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ...................................................................... Additions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................... Reductions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................. Settlements .................................................................................................................................................. Balance at December 31, 2019 .................................................................................................................. Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ...................................................................... Additions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................... Reductions for tax positions of prior years ................................................................................................. Settlements .................................................................................................................................................. Balance at December 31, 2020 .................................................................................................................. $ $ $ $ 166 608 — — — 774 — 4,128 (358) (285) 4,259 — — (3,212) (943) 104 As of December 31, 2020, approximately $0.1 million of the Company's unrecognized tax benefits would impact the annual effective rate, if recognized. In 2019, the Company recorded a $4.1 million liability for uncertain state and local income tax positions related to its acquisition of Weeden & Co. This liability was recorded as a measurement period adjustment and includes a corresponding indemnification asset and deferred tax asset. In 2020, the Company reversed $3.2 million of this liability and corresponding indemnification asset and deferred tax asset as a measurement period adjustment and paid a settlement of $0.9 million, for which the Company was indemnified. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company had $1.2 million accrued related to the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2019. The Company had no accruals related to the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2020 or 2018. The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income tax returns with the various states and foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The Company is not subject to examination by U.S. federal tax authorities for years before 2017 and is not subject to examination by state and local or non-U.S. tax authorities for taxable years before 2015. The Company anticipates the majority of its uncertain income tax positions will be resolved within the next twelve months. 114 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Note 25 Parent Company only and PSLS Parent Company only Condensed Statements of Financial Condition (Amounts in thousands) Assets December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019 Cash and cash equivalents........................................................................................ Investment in and advances to subsidiaries............................................................. Other assets.............................................................................................................. Total assets............................................................................................................. Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Long-term financing................................................................................................. Accrued compensation............................................................................................. Other liabilities and accrued expenses..................................................................... Total liabilities........................................................................................................ $ $ $ $ $ $ 200 1,066,069 9,311 1,075,580 195,000 47,647 3,508 246,155 Shareholders' equity................................................................................................. Total liabilities and shareholders' equity................................................................ $ 829,425 1,075,580 $ 200 931,444 16,878 948,522 175,000 30,336 11,903 217,239 731,283 948,522 115 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Condensed Statements of Operations (Amounts in thousands) Revenues: 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 2018 Dividends from subsidiaries................................................... Interest income........................................................................ Investment income/(loss)........................................................ Total revenues....................................................................... $ Interest expense....................................................................... Net revenues.......................................................................... $ 42,450 829 1,565 44,844 10,568 34,276 $ 54,762 815 2,012 57,589 1,910 74,896 1,247 (496) 75,647 4,902 55,679 70,745 Non-interest expenses: Total non-interest expenses................................................... 2,049 4,851 5,844 Income from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in income of subsidiaries ..................... 32,227 50,828 64,901 Income tax expense................................................................. Income from continuing operations of parent company ..... Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries....................... 8,186 24,041 16,463 11,215 39,613 99,005 10,833 54,068 5,469 Net income from continuing operations ............................... 40,504 138,618 59,537 Discontinued operations: Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax........................ — (26,907) (2,501) Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies ........... $ 40,504 $ 111,711 $ 57,036 116 Piper Sandler Companies Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements – Continued Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Amounts in thousands) Operating Activities: Net income.............................................................................. Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Stock-based compensation.................................................... Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries..................... Year Ended December 31, 2019 2020 2018 $ 40,504 $ 111,711 $ 57,036 525 (16,463) 643 (99,005) 404 (5,469) Net cash provided by operating activities............................. 24,566 13,349 51,971 Financing Activities: Issuance of senior notes.......................................................... Repayment of senior notes...................................................... Advances from/(to) subsidiaries............................................. Repurchase of common stock................................................. Payment of cash dividend....................................................... — — 25,571 (21,965) (28,172) 175,000 — (102,225) (50,584) (35,594) — (125,000) 188,995 (70,903) (47,157) Net cash used in financing activities..................................... (24,566) (13,403) (54,065) Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................................ Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year........................ — 200 (54) 254 (2,094) 2,348 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................................. $ 200 $ 200 $ 254 PSLS Condensed Statement of Financial Condition (Amounts in thousands) Assets December 31, 2020 Cash and cash equivalents......................................................................................................................... Right-of-use lease asset............................................................................................................................. Fee receivables.......................................................................................................................................... Prepaid expenses....................................................................................................................................... Other assets................................................................................................................................................ Total assets.............................................................................................................................................. Liabilities and Shareholder's Equity Accrued compensation.............................................................................................................................. Accrued lease liability............................................................................................................................... Other liabilities and accrued expenses...................................................................................................... Total liabilities......................................................................................................................................... $ $ $ Shareholder's equity.................................................................................................................................. Total liabilities and shareholder's equity................................................................................................. $ 3,103 1,633 506 121 629 5,992 1,209 1,633 575 3,417 2,575 5,992 117 Piper Sandler Companies Supplementary Data Quarterly Information (unaudited) (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Total revenues...................................................................... Interest expense.................................................................... Net revenues........................................................................ Non-interest expenses.......................................................... Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense/(benefit).......................................................... Income tax expense/(benefit)............................................... Net income/(loss)................................................................. Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests..... Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Sandler Companies.. Net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders........................................................ Earnings/(loss) per common share Basic................................................................................... Diluted................................................................................ Dividends declared per common share ........................... $ $ $ $ $ $ Weighted average number of common shares outstanding Basic.................................................................................. Diluted............................................................................... First 240,380 $ 4,212 236,168 270,197 (34,029) (11,774) (22,255) (7,528) (14,727) $ 2020 Fiscal Quarter Third Second Fourth 295,964 $ 3,526 292,438 285,041 307,174 $ 3,455 303,719 279,070 409,140 3,252 405,888 335,357 7,397 4,700 2,697 1,243 1,454 $ 24,649 5,674 18,975 7,358 11,617 $ 70,531 20,592 49,939 7,779 42,160 (14,727) $ 1,454 $ 11,617 $ 42,160 (1.07) $ (1.07) $ 0.11 $ 0.10 $ 0.84 $ 0.78 $ 3.07 2.66 1.125 $ 0.20 $ 0.30 $ 0.375 13,796 14,411 13,794 14,476 13,778 14,853 13,755 15,860 118 Piper Sandler Companies Supplementary Data – Continued (Amounts in thousands, except per share data) Total revenues...................................................................... Interest expense.................................................................... Net revenues........................................................................ Non-interest expenses.......................................................... Income from continuing operations before income tax expense/(benefit)................................................................ Income tax expense/(benefit)............................................... Income from continuing operations..................................... Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax...... Net income........................................................................... Net income/(loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests..... Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies............ Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies' common shareholders........................................................ Amounts applicable to Piper Sandler Companies Net income from continuing operations............................ Net income/(loss) from discontinued operations.............. Net income applicable to Piper Sandler Companies....... Earnings per basic common share Income from continuing operations.................................. Income/(loss) from discontinued operations..................... Earnings per basic common share................................... Earnings per diluted common share Income from continuing operations.................................. Income/(loss) from discontinued operations..................... Earnings per diluted common share................................ Dividends declared per common share ........................... Weighted average number of common shares outstanding Basic.................................................................................. Diluted............................................................................... $ First 185,185 $ 2,643 182,542 159,405 2019 Fiscal Quarter Third Second Fourth 175,411 $ 2,993 172,418 151,493 202,912 $ 2,177 200,735 179,700 282,791 3,920 278,871 224,989 23,137 4,192 18,945 (139) 18,806 (616) 19,422 $ 20,925 (180) 21,105 (2,166) 18,939 8,550 10,389 $ 21,035 6,717 14,318 26,077 40,395 (2,847) 43,242 $ 53,882 13,848 40,034 — 40,034 1,376 38,658 17,835 $ 10,151 $ 42,442 $ 38,006 19,561 $ (139) 19,422 $ 12,555 $ (2,166) 10,389 $ 17,165 $ 26,077 43,242 $ 38,658 — 38,658 1.36 $ (0.01) 1.35 $ 0.90 $ (0.15) 0.75 $ 1.23 $ 1.87 3.09 $ 1.33 $ (0.01) 1.32 $ 0.87 $ (0.15) 0.72 $ 1.20 $ 1.82 3.01 $ 2.77 — 2.77 2.70 — 2.70 1.385 $ 0.375 $ 0.375 $ 0.375 13,204 13,530 13,588 14,024 13,708 14,085 13,714 14,100 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 119 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES. As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is (a) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and (b) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. During the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, there was no change in our system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm on management's assessment of internal control over financial reporting are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K entitled "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" and are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION. None. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE. The information regarding our executive officers included in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the caption "Information About our Executive Officers" is incorporated herein by reference. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021, under the captions "Proposal One — Election of Directors," "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Committees of the Board — Audit Committee," "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Codes of Ethics and Business Conduct" and "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports" is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021, under the captions "Executive Compensation," "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation," "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Compensation Program for Non-Employee Directors" and "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Non-Employee Director Compensation for 2020" is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021, under the captions "Security Ownership — Beneficial Ownership of Directors, Nominees and Executive Officers," "Security Ownership — Beneficial Owners of More than Five Percent of Our Common Stock" and "Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" is incorporated herein by reference. 120 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021, under the captions "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Director Independence," "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Transactions with Related Persons" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons" is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES. The information in the definitive proxy statement for our 2021 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on May 21, 2021, under the captions "Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Our Independent Auditor — Auditor Fees" and "Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Our Independent Auditor — Auditor Services Pre-Approval Policy" is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. PART IV The Consolidated Financial Statements are incorporated herein by reference and included in Part II, Item 8 to this Form 10-K. (a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. All financial statement schedules for the Company have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the related footnotes, or are either inapplicable or not required. (a)(3) EXHIBITS. Exhibit Number Description Exhibit Index 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 3.1 3.2 Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Sandler Companies (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, filed March 8, 2004). # Securities Purchase Agreement dated November 16, 2015 among Piper Sandler Companies, Piper Sandler & Co., Simmons & Company International, SCI JV LP, SCI GP, LLC, and Simmons & Company International Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 17, 2015). # First Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 25, 2016 among Piper Sandler Companies, Piper Sandler & Co., Simmons & Company International, SCI JV LP, SCI GP, LLC, and Simmons & Company International Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2016, filed May 4, 2016). # Second Amendment to Securities Purchase Agreement dated April 19, 2017 between Piper Sandler & Co. and SCI JV LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2017, filed May 9, 2017). Agreement and Plans of Merger, dated July 9, 2019, by and among Piper Jaffray Companies, SOP Holdings, LLC, Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp., Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 10, 2019).# Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007, filed August 3, 2007). Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 6, 2020). 121 Exhibit Number 3.3 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 Exhibit Index Description Amended and Restated Bylaws (as of January 3, 2020) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 6, 2020). Form of Specimen Certificate for Piper Sandler Companies Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017, filed February 26, 2018). Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of June 11, 2012 (Secured Commercial Paper Notes), between Piper Sandler & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, filed August 2, 2012). First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Indenture (Secured Commercial Paper Notes - Series I), dated September 29, 2017, between Piper Sandler & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2017, filed November 8, 2017). Amended and Restated Indenture (Secured Commercial Paper Notes - Series II), dated as of April 30, 2015, between Piper Sandler & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 2, 2017). First Amendment to Amended and Restated Indenture (Secured Commercial Paper Notes - Series II), dated as of September 29, 2017, between Piper Sandler & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 2, 2017). Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated April 21, 2014 (Secured Commercial Paper Notes - Series III), between Piper Sandler & Co. and the Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 21, 2014). Description of Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed February 28, 2020). Form of director indemnification agreement between Piper Sandler Companies and its directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 17, 2014). † Office Lease Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, by and among Piper Sandler & Co. and Wells REIT – 800 Nicollett Avenue Owner, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2012). Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated May 15, 2020) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed May 22, 2020). † Piper Sandler Companies Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2013, filed July 31, 2013). † Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2017 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed February 24, 2017). † Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2018 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed February 26, 2018). † Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2019 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed February 26, 2019). † Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2020 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed February 28, 2020). † Form of Performance Share Unit Agreement for 2021 Leadership Team Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan.†* 122 Exhibit Number 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23 10.24 10.25 Exhibit Index Description Piper Sandler Companies Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and restated effective May 4, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2016, filed August 5, 2016). † Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation Program. †* Form of Notice Period Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed March 1, 2007). † Credit Agreement, dated December 20, 2019, by and between Piper Sandler Companies and U.S. Bank National Association, as conformed through the first amendment, dated January 15, 2021.* Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated December 28, 2012, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, filed February 27, 2013). First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 28, 2013, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, filed February 28, 2014). Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, filed February 26, 2015). Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 18, 2015, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed February 25, 2016). Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 17, 2016, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2017, filed May 9, 2017). Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 16, 2017, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed February 26, 2018). Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 14, 2018, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, filed February 26, 2019). Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 13, 2019, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed February 28, 2020). Eighth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated December 11, 2020, between Piper Sandler & Co. and U.S. Bank National Association.* Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan, effective as of December 13, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed February 24, 2017). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2017 (related to performance in 2016) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed February 24, 2017). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for California-based Employee Grants in 2017 (related to performance in 2016) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, filed February 24, 2017). † 123 Exhibit Number 10.26 10.27 10.28 10.29 10.30 10.31 10.32 10.33 10.34 10.35 10.36 10.37 10.38 10.39 10.40 21.1 23.1 24.1 Exhibit Index Description Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2018 (related to performance in 2017) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed February 26, 2018). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for California-based Employee Grants in 2018 (related to performance in 2017) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, filed February 26, 2018). † Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2018 Promotional Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 9, 2018). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2019 (related to performance in 2018) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed on February 26, 2019). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2020 (related to performance in 2019) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed February 28, 2020). † Form of Restricted Stock and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Agreement for Employee Grants in 2021 (related to performance in 2020) under the Piper Sandler Companies Amended and Restated 2003 Annual and Long-Term Incentive Plan and Mutual Fund Restricted Share Investment Plan.†* Piper Sandler Companies 2019 Employment Inducement Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed March 13, 2019). † Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies 2019 Employment Inducement Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed March 13, 2019). † Letter Agreement, dated July 8, 2019, by and between Piper Sandler Companies and Jonathan J. Doyle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 6, 2020). † Equity Consideration Restricted Stock Agreement, dated July 9, 2019, by and between Piper Sandler Companies and Jonathan J. Doyle (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, filed February 28, 2020). † Transition Services Agreement, dated December 31, 2020, by and between Piper Sandler & Co. and Brian R. Sterling.†* Piper Sandler Companies 2020 Employment Inducement Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed November 29, 2019). † Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies 2020 Employment Inducement Award Plan (18-Month Cliff Vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed November 29, 2019). † Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies 2020 Employment Inducement Award Plan (3-Year Cliff Vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed November 29, 2019). † Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Grants under the Piper Sandler Companies 2020 Employment Inducement Award Plan (Years 3, 4 and 5 Pro-rata Vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed November 29, 2019). † Subsidiaries of Piper Sandler Companies * Consent of Ernst & Young LLP * Power of Attorney * 124 Exhibit Number 31.1 31.2 32.1 101 104 Exhibit Index Description Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer. Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer. Section 1350 Certifications. ** The following financial information from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in iXBRL (inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The cover page from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in iXBRL. _______________________ # The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request any omitted exhibit or schedule. † This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement. * Filed herewith. ** This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY. None. 125 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 25, 2021. SIGNATURES PIPER SANDLER COMPANIES By Name Its /s/ Chad R. Abraham Chad R. Abraham Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 25, 2021. SIGNATURE /s/ Chad R. Abraham Chad R. Abraham /s/ Timothy L. Carter Timothy L. Carter /s/ Jonathan J. Doyle Jonathan J. Doyle /s/ William R. Fitzgerald William R. Fitzgerald /s/ Victoria M. Holt Victoria M. Holt /s/ Addison L. Piper Addison L. Piper /s/ Debbra L. Schoneman Debbra L. Schoneman /s/ Thomas S. Schreier Jr. Thomas S. Schreier Jr. /s/ Sherry M. Smith Sherry M. Smith /s/ Philip E. Soran Philip E. Soran /s/ Brian R. Sterling Brian R. Sterling /s/ Scott C. Taylor Scott C. Taylor TITLE Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 126 APPENDIX Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP financial measures to adjusted, non-GAAP financial measures The financial highlights and letter to shareholders include non-GAAP, or ‘‘adjusted,’’ financial measures. The corresponding reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures are included below. The non-GAAP financial measures include adjustments to exclude: (1) revenues and expenses related to noncontrolling interests, (2) interest expense on long-term financing, (3) amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions, (4) compensation and non-compensation expenses from acquisition- related agreements, (5) acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs, (6) goodwill impairment charges, (7) the impact from remeasuring deferred tax assets resulting from changes to the U.S. federal tax code, (8) the impact of a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, and (9) discontinued operations. The adjusted weighted average diluted shares outstanding used in the calculation of non- GAAP earnings per diluted common share contains an adjustment to include the common shares for unvested restricted stock awards with service conditions granted pursuant to the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill and The Valence Group. Management believes that presenting results and measures on this adjusted basis alongside U.S. GAAP measures provides the most meaningful basis for comparison of its operating results across periods, and enhances the overall understanding of our current financial performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our core operating results. The non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. NET REVENUES A reconciliation of adjusted net revenues to U.S. GAAP net revenues: ($ in thousands) U.S. GAAP net revenues Adjustments: 2020 $1,238,213 For the year ended December 31, 2018 $740,953 2019 $834,566 2017 $823,621 2016 $693,214 Revenue related to noncontrolling interests Interest expense on long-term financing (12,881) 9,628 (10,769) 1,848 (3,621) 4,902 (5,319) 7,171 (11,070) 8,195 Adjusted net revenues $1,234,960 $825,645 $742,234 $825,473 $690,339 ($ in thousands) U.S. GAAP net revenues Adjustments: 2015 $602,264 For the year ended December 31, 2013 $443,508 2014 $567,841 2012 $424,135 2011 $369,063 Revenue related to noncontrolling interests Interest expense on long-term financing (9,810) 6,406 (15,699) 5,454 (8,794) 5,803 (4,174) 3,236 (1,785) 3,759 Adjusted net revenues $598,860 $557,596 $440,517 $423,197 $371,037 A1 | PIPER SANDLER INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE A reconciliation of adjusted income before adjusted income tax expense to U.S. GAAP income from continuing operations before income tax expense: ($ in thousands) U.S. GAAP income from continuing operations before income tax expense Adjustments: Revenue related to noncontrolling interests Interest expense on long-term financing Non-compensation expenses related to noncontrolling interests Compensation from acquisition-related agreements Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions Non-compensation expenses from acquisition- related agreements Adjusted operating income Interest expense on long-term financing Adjusted income before adjusted income tax expense 2020 For the year ended December 31, 2018 2019 2017 2016 $68,548 $118,979 $72,489 $79,316 $41,644 (12,881) 9,628 (10,769) 1,848 (3,621) 4,902 (5,319) 7,171 (11,070) 8,195 4,029 4,306 4,827 2,932 2,864 113,396 5,138 29,246 54,999 36,241 10,755 14,321 - - 10,197 44,728 4,298 4,858 10,178 15,587 12,085 $250,288 (9,628) 114 $138,235 (1,848) 683 $113,384 (4,902) 600 $149,877 (7,171) - $103,658 (8,195) $240,660 $136,387 $108,482 $142,706 $95,463 NET INCOME/(LOSS) APPLICABLE TO PIPER SANDLER COMPANIES A reconciliation of adjusted net income applicable to U.S. GAAP net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Sandler Companies: ($ in thousands) U.S. GAAP net income/(loss) applicable to Piper Sandler Companies Adjustment to exclude net income/(loss) from discontinued operations Net income from continuing operations Adjustments: Compensation from acquisition-related agreements Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions Non-compensation expenses from acquisition- related agreements Impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation Impact of deferred tax asset valuation allowance 2020 For the year ended December 31, 2018 2019 2017 2016 $40,504 $111,711 $57,036 ($61,939) ($21,952) - $40,504 23,772 $87,939 1,387 $55,649 (85,060) $23,121 (44,464) $22,512 85,940 4,124 21,992 35,755 23,700 8,712 10,770 - - 7,009 33,383 3,250 3,655 6,301 9,527 9,016 - 114 - 514 952 607 36,356 - - 4,650 - - - - Adjusted net income $177,555 $106,197 $87,412 $102,140 $62,748 PIPER SANDLER | A2 EARNINGS PER DILUTED COMMON SHARE A reconciliation of adjusted earnings per diluted common share to U.S. GAAP earnings/(loss) per diluted common share: For the year ended December 31, 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 U.S. GAAP earnings/(loss) per diluted common share Adjustment to exclude net income/(loss) from discontinued operations Income/(loss) from continuing operations Adjustment related to participating shares (1) Adjustment for inclusion of unvested acquisition-related stock (2) Adjustments: Compensation from acquisition-related agreements Acquisition-related restructuring and integration costs Goodwill impairment Amortization of intangible assets related to acquisitions Non-compensation expenses from acquisition-related agreements Impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act legislation Impact of deferred tax asset valuation allowance Adjusted earnings per diluted common share $2.72 $7.69 $3.72 ($4.99) ($1.72) $3.34 $3.87 $2.70 $2.26 ($6.51) - 1.65 0.09 (6.56) (3.48) 0.79 1.04 0.75 0.34 0.03 $2.72 $6.05 $3.63 $1.57 $1.76 $2.55 $2.83 $1.95 $1.92 ($6.54) - 0.04 - (0.05) (0.31) - - - - 1.20 (1.89) - $0.83 $6.09 $3.63 $1.52 $1.45 $2.55 $2.83 $1.95 $1.92 ($5.34) - - - - - - - - 5.76 0.29 1.44 2.33 1.53 0.16 0.15 0.06 - - 0.58 - 0.75 - - - - - 0.45 - 0.42 - - - 0.17 - 0.11 - - 6.16 2.24 0.23 0.24 0.41 0.61 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.61 0.01 0.04 0.04 - - - - 0.06 2.38 0.31 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - $10.02 $7.36 $5.72 $6.68 $4.05 $3.18 $3.09 $2.24 $2.03 $0.83 1) For periods prior to 2020, Piper Sandler Companies calculated earnings per common share using the two-class method, which required the allocation of consolidated adjusted net income between common shareholders and participating security holders, which in the case of Piper Sandler Companies, represented unvested stock with non-forfeitable dividend rights. No allocation of undistributed earnings was made for periods in which a loss was incurred, or for periods in which the special cash dividend exceeded adjusted net income resulting in an undistributed loss. 2) For 2020, the weighted average diluted shares outstanding used in the calculation of adjusted earnings per diluted common share contain an adjustment to include 2.8 million common shares for unvested restricted stock awards with service conditions granted pursuant to the acquisitions of Sandler O'Neill and The Valence Group. A3 | PIPER SANDLER CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS Piper Sandler Companies Mail Stop J12NSH 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 900 Minneapolis, MN 55402 612 303-6000 COMPANY WEBSITE www.pipersandler.com STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR Broadridge acts as transfer agent and registrar for Piper Sandler Companies and maintains all shareholder records for the company. If you have questions regarding the Piper Sandler Companies stock you own, stock transfers, address corrections or changes, lost stock certificates or duplicate mailings, please contact Broadridge: Online shareholder.broadridge.com/PIPR Telephone Toll-Free Outside of U.S. Shareowner relations specialists available Monday through Friday, 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. ET 800 872-4409 720 501-4324 Written correspondence Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc PO Box 1342 Brentwood, NY 11717 Certified and overnight delivery Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc ATTN: IWS 1155 Long Island Avenue Edgewood, NY 11717 Ernst & Young LLP COMMON STOCK LISTING New York Stock Exchange (symbol: PIPR) INVESTOR INQUIRIES Shareholders, securities analysts and investors seeking more information about the company should contact Tim Carter, chief financial officer, at timothy.carter@psc.com or 612 303-5607; or the corporate headquarters address. WEBSITE ACCESS TO SEC REPORTS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE INFORMATION Piper Sandler Companies makes available free of charge on its website, www.pipersandler.com, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as well as all other reports filed by Piper Sandler Companies with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files them with, or furnishes them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports are also available at the Securities and Exchange Commission website, www.sec.gov. Piper Sandler Companies also makes available free of charge on its website the company’s codes of ethics and business conduct, its corporate governance principles and the charters of the audit, compensation, and nominating and governance committees of the board of directors. Printed copies of these materials will be mailed upon request. DIVIDENDS Piper Sandler Companies began paying cash dividends on its common stock in 2017. The decision to pay future dividends is at the discretion of the board of directors. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This annual report and the preceding letter to shareholders contain forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. A number of these risks and uncertainties are described in our reports filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events. 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above